[Title 46 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 1996 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]
46
Shipping
[[Page i]]
PARTS 156 TO 165
Revised as of October 1, 1996
CONTAINING
A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY
AND FUTURE EFFECT
AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1996
With Ancillaries
Published by
the Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
as a Special Edition of
the Federal Register
[[Page ii]]
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1996
For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office
Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328
[[Page iii]]
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation................................................. v
Title 46:
Chapter I--Coast Guard, Department of Transportation--
Continued:............................................ 3
Finding Aids:
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference.......... 383
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters.......................... 391
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR........ 407
List of CFR Sections Affected............................. 417
[[Page iv]]
----------------------------------------------------------
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in this volume use title, part
and section number. Thus, 46 CFR 159.001-1 refers to
title 46, part 159, section 001-1.
----------------------------------------------------------
[[Page v]]
EXPLANATION
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, October 1, 1996), consult the ``List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.
[[Page vi]]
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which
approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are
also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within
that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
[[Page vii]]
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408.
SALES
The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800,
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2233, 24 hours
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents,
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.
Richard L. Claypoole,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
October 1, 1996.
[[Page ix]]
THIS TITLE
Title 46--Shipping is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these
volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 1-40, 41-69, 70-89,
90-139, 140-155, 156-165, 166-199, 200-499 and 500 to End. The first
seven volumes containing parts 1-199 comprise chapter I--Coast Guard,
Department of Transportation. The eighth volume containing parts 200 to
499 includes chapter II--Maritime Administration, DOT. The ninth volume
containing part 500 to End includes chapter IV--Federal Maritime
Commission. The contents of these volumes represent all current
regulations codified under this title of the CFR as of October 1, 1996.
Subject indexes appear for subchapter B--Merchant Marine Officers
and Seamen, subchapter C--Uninspected Vessels, and subchapter D--Tank
Vessels following the subchapters in parts 1-40; for subchapter F--
Marine Engineering following the subchapter in parts 41-69; for
subchapter H--Passenger Vessels following the subchapter in parts 70-89;
for subchapter I--Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels, subchapter I-A-Mobile
Offshore Drilling Units, and subchapter J--Electrical Engineering; for
subchapter K--Small Passenger Vessels Carrying more than 150 Passengers
or with Overnight Accommodations for more than 49 Passengers, for
subchapter L--Offshore Supply Vessels following the subchapters in parts
90-139; for subchapter S--Subdivision and Stability, for subchapter T--
Small Passenger Vessels (Under 100 Gross Tons) and for subchapter W--
Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements following the subchapters in
parts 166-199.
For this volume Brian Swidal was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal
Regulations publication program is under the direction of Frances D.
McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.
[[Page x]]
[[Page 1]]
TITLE 46--SHIPPING
(This book contains parts 156 to 165)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part
chapter i--Coast Guard, Department of Transportation--
Continued:................................................ 159
[[Page 3]]
Chapter I--Coast Guard, Department of Transportation--Continued
--------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBCHAPTER P--MANNING OF VESSELS [RESERVED]
SUBCHAPTER Q--EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS AND
APPROVAL
Part Page
159 Approval of equipment and materials......... 5
160 Lifesaving equipment........................ 13
161 Electrical equipment........................ 283
162 Engineering equipment....................... 297
163 Construction................................ 331
164 Materials................................... 342
165 [Reserved]
[[Page 5]]
SUBCHAPTER P--MANNING OF VESSELS [RESERVED]
SUBCHAPTER Q--EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVAL
PART 159--APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS--Table of Contents
Subpart 159.001--General
Sec.
159.001-1 Purpose.
159.001-2 Right of appeal.
159.001-3 Definitions.
159.001-4 Incorporation by reference.
159.001-5 Correspondence and applications.
159.001-7 Substituted procedures.
159.001-9 OMB Control Numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
Subpart 159.005--Approval Procedures
159.005-1 Purpose.
159.005-3 Application for preapproval review.
159.005-5 Preapproval review: Contents of application.
159.005-7 Preapproval review: Coast Guard action.
159.005-9 Approval inspections and tests.
159.005-11 Approval inspection or test report: Contents.
159.005-12 Plans.
159.005-13 Equipment or material: approval.
159.005-15 Approval of equipment or material: Suspensions, withdrawals,
and terminations.
Subpart 159.007--Production Inspection and Tests of Approved Equipment
and Materials
159.007-1 Purpose.
159.007-3 Production inspections and tests: Independent laboratory's
procedures.
159.007-5 Production inspections and tests: Application for acceptance.
159.007-7 Application for acceptance for production inspections and
tests: Coast Guard action.
159.007-9 Production inspections and tests.
159.007-11 Production inspections and tests: Yearly report.
159.007-13 Production inspections and tests: Records.
Subpart 159.010--Independent Laboratory: Acceptance, Recognition, and
Termination
159.010-1 Purpose.
159.010-3 Independent laboratory: Standards for acceptance.
159.010-5 Independent laboratory: Application for acceptance.
159.010-7 Recognized independent laboratory: Memorandum of
Understanding.
159.010-11 Changes in the laboratory's qualifications..
159.010-15 Contracting inspections and tests or transferals to another
laboratory or person.
159.010-17 Termination of acceptance or recognition of an independent
laboratory.
159.010-19 Termination of acceptance or recognition: Procedure.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; Section 159.001-
9 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
Source: 44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart 159.001--General
Sec. 159.001-1 Purpose.
(a) This part contains the procedures for the approval of equipment
and materials when that equipment or material is inspected or tested by
an independent laboratory or by the manufacturer of the equipment or
material.
Sec. 159.001-2 Right of appeal.
Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under
this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal to the
Chief, Marine Safety and Environmental Protection (Commandant (G-M)) as
provided in Sec. 1.03-15 of this chapter.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 159.001-3 Definitions.
As used in this part:
Classification society means an organization involved in the
inspection of ships and ship equipment, and which, as determined by the
Commandant, meets the standards in IMO Resolution A.739(18).
Independent laboratory means an organization which meets the
standards for acceptance in Sec. 159.010-3 of this part,
[[Page 6]]
and which is accepted by the Coast Guard for performing certain tests
and inspections. In addition to commercial testing laboratories, the
Commandant may also accept classification societies and agencies of
governments that are involved in the inspection and testing of marine
safety equipment that meet the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3.
Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is an agreement between the Coast
Guard and a laboratory that specifies the approval functions a
recognized independent laboratory performs for the Coast Guard and the
recognized independent laboratory's working arrangements with the Coast
Guard.
Recognized independent laboratory means an independent laboratory
which meets the standards of Sec. 159.010-3, and is accepted by the
Coast Guard to perform certain equipment approval functions on behalf of
the Coast Guard, as described in a Memorandum of Understanding signed by
the laboratory and the Coast Guard in accordance with Sec. 159.010-7(b).
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996]
Sec. 159.001-4 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Certain materials is incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish
notice of change in the Federal Register; and the material must be
available to the public. All approved material is available for
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol
Street NW, suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard,
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Standards Division (G-MSE-4), 2100 Second
Street SW, Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources
indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this
part (subchapter) and the sections affected are as follows:
International Maritime Organization (IMO)
Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, England.
Resolution A.739(18), Guidelines for the Authorization of
Organizations Acting on Behalf of the Administration, November 22,
1993--159.001-3.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 159.001-5 Correspondence and applications.
Unless otherwise specified, all correspondence and applications in
connection with approval and testing of equipment and materials must be
addressed to: Commandant (G-MSE-4), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street
SW, Washington, DC 20593-0001, Telephone: (202) 267-1444, Facsimile:
(202) 267-1069, Electronic mail: MVI-3/[email protected].
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR
50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 159.001-7 Substituted procedures.
(a) The Commandant may substitute the procedures in this part for
the procedures in any other part of this subchapter. Each person known
to be affected by the substitution shall be informed that the procedures
in this part apply.
Sec. 159.001-9 OMB Control Numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44
U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency
information collection requirement.
(b) Display.
[[Page 7]]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current
OMB
46 CFR part or section where identified or described control
No.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 159.007-11.13......................................... 2115-0090
Sec. 160.002-5............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.047-5............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.048-5.............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.050-5............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.052-7............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.053-4............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.055-4............................................. 2115-0090
Sec. 160.064-6............................................. 2115-0090
Secs. 161.001 through 161.010.............................. 2115-0121
Sec. 161.171-15............................................ 2115-0141
Sec. 161.171-23............................................ 2115-0141
Secs. 162.001 through 161.018.............................. 2115-0525
Sec. 162.041............................................... 2115-0525
Sec. 162.043............................................... 2115-0525
Sec. 164.012-13............................................ 2115-0121
Sec. 164.019-5............................................. 2115-0141
Sec. 164.019-7............................................. 2115-0141
Sec. 164.019-9............................................. 2115-0141
Sec. 164.019-13............................................ 2115-0141
Sec. 164.019-15............................................ 2115-0141
Sec. 164.023-15............................................ 2115-0141
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[49 FR 38121, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by CGD 86-057, 51 FR 35220,
Oct. 2, 1986; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29492, May 20, 1993]
Subpart 159.005--Approval Procedures
Sec. 159.005-1 Purpose.
(a) This subpart contains the procedures by which the Coast Guard
approves equipment and materials under other subparts of this subchapter
that require--
(1) Preapproval inspections and tests by an independent laboratory;
(2) Preapproval inspections and tests by the manufacturer; or
(3) No preapproval inspections or tests.
Sec. 159.005-3 Application for preapproval review.
(a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material who seeks Coast Guard
approval under an applicable subpart must submit an application that
meets Sec. 159.005-5 to the Commandant unless--
(1) The subpart contains a list of independent laboratories;
(2) The subpart does not require Coast Guard review prior to
testing; and
(3) The manufacturer meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section.
(b) If the applicable subpart contains a list of independent
laboratories and does not specifically require preapproval review by the
Coast Guard, the manufacturer may have the tests performed by a listed
laboratory and submit the report required by Sec. 159.005-11 to the
Commandant.
Sec. 159.005-5 Preapproval review: Contents of application.
(a) Each application must contain the following:
(1) The name and address of the manufacturer and the factory where
the finished equipment or material is produced.
(2) One or more of the following as required by the applicable
subpart:
(i) Two sets of general plans of the equipment or material.
(ii) Two sets of specifications of the equipment or material.
(iii) A sample of the equipment or material accompanied by a written
description of its components.
(3) A statement signed by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's
representative, that an official representative of the Coast Guard is
allowed access to the place of manufacture and to the place of test to
verify the information submitted in the application or to witness tests.
(b) If the equipment or material is required by the subpart to be
inspected and tested by an independent laboratory, the application must
contain the following additional information:
(1) The name and address of a laboratory that meets Sec. 159.010-
3(a) and that is selected by the manufacturer to perform or supervise
the inspections and tests.
(2) If the laboratory has not been accepted previously for
inspecting and testing the manufacturer's equipment or material under
the applicable subpart, the completed application under Sec. 159.010-
5(a).
Sec. 159.005-7 Preapproval review: Coast Guard action.
(a) If approval inspections and tests are required under the
applicable subpart, the Commandant takes the following action:
(1) If the Commandant determines from the application that the
equipment or material appears to meet the design requirements of an
applicable subpart or appears to have equivalent
[[Page 8]]
performance characteristics, and that the laboratory meets Sec. 159.010-
3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer that the required approval
inspections and tests may be conducted.
(2) If the Commandant determines from the application for approval
that the equipment or material does not appear to meet the design
requirements of an applicable subpart or does not appear to have
equivalent performance characteristics, or that the laboratory does not
meet Sec. 159.010-3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the
reason why the equipment or material is not acceptable for approval
inspections and tests or why the laboratory is not accepted.
(b) If no approval inspections or tests are required under the
applicable subpart, the Commandant--
(1) Takes action in accordance with Sec. 159.005-13; or
(2) Informs the manufacturer of additional information required
before action under Sec. 159.005-13 can be taken.
Sec. 159.005-9 Approval inspections and tests.
(a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material that is required to
be subjected to approval inspections and tests must--
(1) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to
be inspected or tested, have the approval inspections or tests
performed;
(2) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to
be inspected or tested by an independent laboratory, insure that a
laboratory accepted by the Commandant performs or supervises the
approval inspections or tests;
(3) Bear all costs of the approval inspections and tests;
(4) If requested, advise the Commandant of the time, date, and place
of each approval inspection or test, or both, before the inspection or
test is performed; and
(5) After completion of the approval inspections and tests, submit
to the Commandant--
(i) A test report that meets Sec. 159.005-11;
(ii) At least two sets of specifications of the materisl as
inspected or tested or at least two sets of plans of the equipment as
inspected or tested that meet Sec. 159.005-12; and
(iii) A description of the quality control procedures that will be
in effect during the production of the equipment or material.
Sec. 159.005-11 Approval inspection or test report: Contents.
(a) Each approval inspection or test report must contain the
following:
(1) The name of the manufacturer.
(2) If the inspections or tests are performed or supervised by an
independent laboratory, the name and address of the laboratory.
(3) The trade name, product designation (such as model numbers), and
a brief description of the equipment or material inspected or tested.
(4) The time, date, and place of each approval inspection and test.
(5) The name and title of each person performing, supervising, and
witnessing the approval inspections or tests.
(6) The performance data for each test required in the applicable
subpart, including a description of each failure.
(7) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus
used in the inspections or tests, or a reference to another document
that contains an appropriate description or photographs.
(8) At least one photograph that shows an overall view of the
equipment or material submitted for approval and other photographs that
show--
(i) Design details; and
(ii) Each occurrence of damage or deformation to the equipment or
material that occurred during the approval tests.
(b) Each inspection or test report must bear an attestation that the
inspections or tests were conducted as required by the applicable
subpart and that the report contains no known errors, omissions, or
false statements. The attestation must be signed by:
(1) The manufacturer or manufacturer's representative, if the
inspection or tests are conducted by the manufacturer; or
(2) The chief officer of the laboratory, or the chief officer's
representative, if the inspection or tests were conducted by an
independent laboratory.
[[Page 9]]
Note: A false representation on a report is a ground for suspension
or withdrawal of approval of the equipment or material. A false
representation is also punishable as a crime under 18 U.S.C. 1001.
Sec. 159.005-12 Plans.
(a) Each set of plans under Sec. 159.005-9(a)(5)(ii) for equipment
must include the following:
(1) An assembly drawing or general arrangement drawing.
(2) A description of each component of the equipment that includes
the name, the manufacturer, and the part identification of each
component in--
(i) A detail drawing;
(ii) A bill of material or parts list; or
(iii) A specification for that component.
(3) A list of the drawings and specifications in the set of plans,
including each revision, and the date of that list.
(4) If a manufacturer's instructions or manual is required in the
applicable subpart, a copy of the instructions or manual.
Sec. 159.005-13 Equipment or material: Approval.
(a) If from analysis of the material and data required to be
submitted under this subpart, the Commandant determines that the
equipment or material meets the applicable subpart, the Commandant--
(1) Approves the equipment or material;
(2) Issues a certificate of approval to the manufacturer under
Sec. 2.75-5 of this chapter;
(3) Retains one set of approved plans and returns all others to the
manufacturer; and
(4) Publishes a record of the approval in ``Equipment Lists.'' The
most recent edition of ``Equipment Lists'' U.S. Coast Guard Publication
M16714.3 (series) is available from the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-
7954.
(b) If from analysis of the material and data submitted the
Commandant determines that the equipment or material does not meet the
applicable subpart, the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the
reason why that equipment or material does not meet the subpart.
(c) If an independent laboratory performs the approval inspections
or tests, the Commandant will notify the laboratory of the actions taken
under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, unless the manufacturer
specifically requests that the laboratory not be notified.
[44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar.
28, 1996]
Sec. 159.005-15 Approval of equipment or material: Suspensions, withdrawals, and terminations.
(a) The Commandant suspends an approval issued under this subchapter
in accordance with Sec. 2.75-40 of this chapter, withdraws an approval
issued under this subchapter in accordance with Sec. 2.75-50(a) of this
chapter, and terminates an approval issued under this subchapter in
accordance with Sec. 2.75-50(b) of this chapter.
Subpart 159.007--Production Inspection and Tests of Approved Equipment
and Materials
Sec. 159.007-1 Purpose.
(a) This subpart contains the procedures under which production
inspections and tests of approved equipment or materials are to be
performed under this subchapter.
Sec. 159.007-3 Production inspections and tests: Independent laboratory's procedures.
(a) The manufacturer may follow an independent laboratory's
procedures for production inspections and tests if those procedures--
(1) Meet or exceed the production inspection and test requirements
of the applicable subpart or are equivalent to those inspections and
tests;
(2) Include labeling or marking the equipment or material when the
equipment or material meets the inspection and test procedures of the
laboratory; and
(3) Are accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.007-7(b).
[[Page 10]]
Sec. 159.007-5 Production inspections and tests: Application for acceptance.
(a) If the applicable subpart requires production inspections and
tests by an independent laboratory, the manufacturer must select a
laboratory and submit an application for acceptance that meets
Sec. 159.010-5(a) unless the laboratory--
(1) Is listed in the subpart; or
(2) Is accepted by the Commandant for approval inspections and tests
of the equipment or material under Sec. 159.005-7(a)(1).
(b) If the manufacturer wants to follow the laboratory's procedures
for production inspections and tests instead of meeting the Coast Guard
procedures under this subchapter, the application must contain a
description of those procedures.
Sec. 159.007-7 Application for acceptance for production inspections and tests: Coast Guard action.
(a) From the information submitted with the application, the
Commandant determines whether or not the laboratory is accepted for
production inspections and tests. The Commandant informs the
manufacturer of the results of this determination, if the Commandant
does not accept a laboratory, the reason for the disapproval will be
given.
(b) From the description of the laboratory's procedures for
production inspections and tests, the Commandant determines whether or
not those procedures are accepted. The Commandant informs the
manufacturer of the results of this determination. If the Commandant
does not accept the laboratory's procedures, the reasons why they are
not accepted will be given.
Sec. 159.007-9 Production inspections and tests.
(a) If the applicable subpart requires the production inspections
and tests to be performed or supervised by an independent laboratory,
the manufacturer shall insure that all required production inspections
and tests are performed or supervised by an independent laboratory
accepted by the Commandant.
(b) If the applicable subpart does not require an independent
laboratory to perform the production inspections and tests, the
manufacturer shall have those inspections and tests performed.
(c) Unless alternative procedures have been accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.007-3 each production inspection and test must
be performed or supervised in accordance with the applicable subpart.
Sec. 159.007-11 Production inspections and tests: Yearly report.
(a) When the manufacturer uses the production inspection and test
procedures in an applicable subpart he must submit a yearly report. The
report is not required when inspection and test procedures approved
under Sec. 159.007-3 are used.
(b) The report must include the following:
(1) A list of all inspections and tests performed;
(2) A summary of the results of each group of inspections or tests;
(3) A detailed description of any test failures; and
(4) A statement whether or not all required tests were performed.
Sec. 159.007-13 Production inspections and tests: Records.
(a) The manufacturer must have a completed record with the following
information for each production inspection and test:
(1) The time, date and place of each inspection and test.
(2) The name and title of each person performing, supervising and
witnessing the inspections or tests.
(3) The performance data for each test required in the applicable
subpart, including a description of each failure.
(4) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus
used in the inspections or tests.
(b) The manufacturer must retain each record under this section for
at least 60 months after the month in which the inspection or test was
conducted.
(c) The records must be made available for examination by the
Commandant upon request.
[[Page 11]]
Subpart 159.010--Independent Laboratory: Acceptance, Recognition, and
Termination
Sec. 159.010-1 Purpose.
This subpart contains the following:
(a) The standards and procedures under which the Coast Guard accepts
an independent laboratory that a manufacturer proposes to use.
(b) The standards and procedures under which a laboratory is
accepted as a recognized laboratory under applicable subparts.
(c) The circumstances under which the acceptance or recognition of a
laboratory is terminated.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996]
Sec. 159.010-3 Independent laboratory: Standards for acceptance.
(a) To be accepted by the Coast Guard as an independent laboratory,
a laboratory must--
(1) Be engaged, as a regular part of its business, in performing
inspections and tests that are the same as or similar to the inspections
and tests required in the applicable subpart;
(2) Have or have access to the apparatus, facilities, personnel, and
calibrated instruments that are necessary to inspect and test the
equipment or material under the applicable subpart;
(3) Not be owned or controlled by--
(i) The manufacturer of the equipment or material to be inspected or
tested under this subchapter or any manufacturer of similar equipment or
material;
(ii) A vendor of the equipment or material to be inspected or tested
under this subchapter or a vendor of similar equipment or material; or
(iii) A supplier of materials to the manufacturer;
(4) Not be dependent on Coast Guard acceptance under this subchapter
to remain in business; and
(5) Not advertise or promote the manufacturer's equipment or
material that the laboratory inspects and tests under this subchapter.
Sec. 159.010-5 Independent laboratory: application for acceptance.
(a) Each application for acceptance of an organization as an
independent laboratory must contain the following:
(1) The name and address of the organization.
(2) A list of the equipment or material that the organization would
inspect, or test, or both, under this subchapter.
(3) A description of the organization's experience and its
qualifications for conducting the inspections and tests required in the
applicable subpart.
(4) A description of the apparatus and facilities available to the
organization for conducting those inspections and tests.
(5) If instruments are used in the required tests and inspections, a
description of the instrument calibration program applying to those
instruments.
(6) The position titles of personnel who are to perform, supervise,
or witness those inspections or tests, along with the training and
experience required for personnel in those positions.
(7) A statement signed by the chief officer of the organization or
the chief officer's representative, that an official representative of
the Coast Guard is allowed access upon request to the place where tests
and inspections take place, to verify the information submitted in the
application, or to witness tests and inspections.
(b) Each application for acceptance as an independent laboratory
that is not submitted by an agency of a state or another national
government, or by a classification society, must also contain the
following:
(1) The name and address of each subsidiary and division of the
organization, or a statement that none are involved in the testing or
manufacturing of equipment approved under this subchapter.
(2) The name, title, address, and principal business activity of
each of the organization's officers and directors, and the name,
address, and principal business activity of each person, company, or
corporation that owns at least three-percent interest in the
organization or in a company or corporation that controls the
organization.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996]
[[Page 12]]
Sec. 159.010-7 Recognized independent laboratory: Memorandum of Understanding.
(a) Only laboratories that have entered into an MOU with the Coast
Guard may perform the functions of a recognized laboratory under this
chapter.
(b) An independent laboratory seeking to become a recognized
independent laboratory must submit a signed MOU to the Commandant that
includes--
(1) A statement of purpose;
(2) An identification and description of the parties involved;
(3) A description of the problem resolution and appeals processes;
(4) A description of the process for measuring effectiveness and
efficiency of the program under the MOU;
(5) The effective date of the MOU and terms for its termination;
(6) A statement to the effect that the MOU is not an exclusive
agreement between the recognized independent laboratory and the Coast
Guard;
(7) An agreement to conduct comparison testing with other recognized
laboratories as directed by the Coast Guard, no more often than twice
each year, with the laboratory bearing the cost of sample acquisition
and testing;
(8) A statement as to how the costs of implementing the MOU will be
borne; and
(9) A description of each party's responsibilities for--
(i) Equipment review and approval;
(ii) Coast Guard oversight of the recognized independent
laboratory's procedures and processes;
(iii) Coordination between the parties;
(iv) Developing and maintaining regulations and standards;
(v) Handling review and approval of new and novel items not
anticipated by existing regulations and standards;
(vi) Testing and inspection facilities and procedures;
(vii) Production quality control; and
(viii) Maintenance of records.
(c) The signature on the MOU required by paragraph (b) of this
section must be that of the chief officer of the independent laboratory
or the chief officer's representative. The Commandant or an authorized
representative of the Commandant will review the MOU to ensure that it
contains the information required by paragraph (b) of this section, and
that the substantive provisions submitted in compliance with that
paragraph are equivalent to those contained in other MOUs signed by the
Commandant. If the Commandant determines that the MOU is acceptable and
the independent laboratory is capable of carrying out the equipment
approval functions identified in the MOU in accordance with all
appropriate requirements, the Commandant or authorized representative
may at his discretion sign the MOU. Where qualitative tests or
determinations are required for approval or follow-up, provision must be
made for conducting comparison tests with other recognized laboratories.
(d) Copies of MOUs signed by the Commandant in accordance with this
part and of lists of independent laboratories which have been accepted
as recognized laboratories but which have not yet been added to the
lists included in this subchapter may be obtained at the address listed
in Sec. 159.001-5.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, Apr. 9, 1996]
Sec. 159.010-11 Changes in the laboratory's qualifications.
(a) If any of the information submitted under Sec. 159.010-5(a)
changes, the laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing of each
change within 30 days after the change has occurred.
(b) If any change in the independent laboratory occurs which affects
its performance under the MOU required under Sec. 159.010-7, the
laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing within 30 days after
the change occurs. The Commandant may terminate the MOU, or may require
amendments or revisions.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]
Sec. 159.010-15 Contracting inspections and tests or transferrals to another laboratory or person.
(a) No independent laboratory may contract or transfer to another
person or laboratory the performance or supervision of inspections or
tests, or
[[Page 13]]
both, required under an applicable subpart for which it is accepted or
listed unless--
(1) A request in writing regarding the contract or transfer is
submitted to the Commandant before the contract is executed or the
transfer is completed; and
(2) The Commandant notifies the laboratory in writing that the
contract or the transfer is allowed.
Sec. 159.010-17 Termination of acceptance or recognition of an independent laboratory.
The acceptance or recognition of a laboratory terminates if the
laboratory--
(a) Requests termination;
(b) Is no longer in business;
(c) Knowingly fails to perform or supervise an inspection or test,
or both, as required in an applicable subpart;
(d) Knowingly attests to the lack of errors, omissions, or false
statement of an approval test report that contains errors omissions, or
false statements;
(e) Does not meet the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3(a);
(f) Does not comply with Sec. 159.010-11;
(g) Contracts or transfers the performance or supervision of
required inspections or tests to another laboratory or person without
the approval of the Commandant; or
(h) Fails to, or in the opinion of the Commandant is unable to,
carry out its responsibilities under an MOU required by Sec. 159.010-7.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]
Sec. 159.010-19 Termination of acceptance or recognition: Procedure.
(a) If the Coast Guard receives evidence of grounds for termination
of acceptance or recognition of an independent laboratory under
Sec. 159.010-17, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that
termination is under consideration. The laboratory may submit written
comments to the Commandant within 21 days of receipt of the
notification. The Commandant will take all timely written comments into
account before taking final action in the matter, and in no case will
the Commandant take final action until at least 30 days after the
laboratory has received the notification. Any final action taken by the
Commandant is final agency action on the matter.
(b) If a deficiency could materially affect the validity of an
approval issued under an applicable subpart, the Commandant may
temporarily suspend the acceptance of the laboratory and may direct the
holder of the certificate of approval to cease claiming that the items
tested or inspected by the laboratory are Coast Guard approved, pending
a final decision in the matter.
[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]
PART 160--LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT--Table of Contents
Subpart 160.001--Life Preservers, General
Sec.
160.001-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.001-2 General characteristics of life preservers.
160.001-3 General provisions for approval of life preservers.
Subpart 160.002--Life Preservers, Kapok, Adult and Child (Jacket Type),
Models 3 and 5
160.002-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.002-2 Size and models.
160.002-3 Materials.
160.002-4 Construction.
160.002-5 Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.002-6 Marking.
160.002-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.005--Life Preservers, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child (Jacket
Type), Models 52 and 56
160.005-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.005-2 Size and model.
160.005-3 Materials.
160.005-4 Construction.
160.005-5 Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.005-6 Marking.
160.005-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.006--Life Preservers; Repairing and Cleaning
160.006-1 Applicable specifications.
160.006-2 Repairing.
160.006-4 Cleaning life preserver envelopes or covers.
160.006-5 Cleaning life preservers (where buoyancy fillers are not
removed from envelope covers during cleaning process).
Subpart 160.010--Buoyant Apparatus for Merchant Vessels
160.010-1 Incorporations by reference.
[[Page 14]]
160.010-2 Definitions.
160.010-3 General requirements for buoyant apparatus.
160.010-4 Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy.
160.010-6 Capacity of buoyant apparatus.
160.010-7 Methods of sampling, inspections and tests.
160.010-8 Nameplate and marking.
160.010-9 Procedure for approval.
160.010-10 Independent laboratory.
Subparts 160.011-160.012--[Reserved]
Subpart 160.013--Hatchets (Lifeboat and Liferaft) for Merchant Vessels
160.013-1 Applicable specification and plan.
160.013-2 Type and size.
160.013-3 Materials, workmanship, and construction details.
160.013-4 Inspections and tests.
160.013-5 Marking.
160.013-6 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.015--Lifeboat Winches for Merchant Vessels
160.015-1 Applicable regulations.
160.015-2 General requirements for lifeboat winches.
160.015-3 Construction of lifeboat winches.
160.015-4 Capacity of lifeboat winches.
160.015-5 Inspection and testing of lifeboat winches.
160.015-6 Procedure for approval of lifeboat winches.
Subpart 160.016--Lamps, Safety, Flame, for Merchant Vessels
160.016-1 Applicable specification.
160.016-2 Requirements.
160.016-3 Inspections and tests.
160.016-4 Marking.
160.016-5 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.017--Chain Ladder
160.017-1 Scope.
160.017-7 Independent laboratory.
160.017-9 Approval procedure.
160.017-11 Materials.
160.017-13 Construction.
160.017-15 Performance.
160.017-17 Strength.
160.017-21 Approval tests.
160.017-25 Marking.
160.017-27 Production tests and examination.
Subpart 160.021--Hand Red Flare Distress Signals
160.021-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.021-2 Type.
160.021-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance
requirements.
160.021-4 Approval and production tests.
160.021-5 Labeling and marking.
160.021-6 Container.
160.021-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.022--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (5 Minutes)
160.022-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.022-2 Type.
160.022-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.
160.022-4 Approval and production tests.
160.022-5 Marking.
160.022-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.023--Hand Combination Flare and Smoke Distress Signals
160.023-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.023-2 Type.
160.023-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance
requirements.
160.023-4 Approval and production tests.
160.023-5 Labeling and marking.
160.023-6 Container.
160.023-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.024--Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals
160.024-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.024-2 Type.
160.024-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.
160.024-4 Approval and production tests.
160.024-5 Marking.
160.024-6 Container.
160.024-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.026--Water, Emergency Drinking (in Hermetically Sealed
Containers), for Merchant Vessels
160.026-1 Applicable specifications and standards.
160.026-2 Type.
160.026-3 Container.
160.026-4 Water.
160.026-5 Marking.
160.026-6 Sampling, inspection, and tests of production lots.
160.026-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.027--Life Floats for Merchant Vessels
160.027-2 Type.
160.027-3 Additional requirements for life floats.
160.027-7 Pre-approval tests for alternate platform designs.
[[Page 15]]
Subpart 160.028--Signal Pistols for Red Flare Distress Signals
160.028-2 Type.
160.028-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.
160.028-4 Approval and production tests.
160.028-5 Marking.
160.028-6 Container.
160.028-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.031--Line-Throwing Appliance, Shoulder Gun Type (and
Equipment)
160.031-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.031-2 Type and size.
160.031-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.
160.031-4 Equipment for shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance.
160.031-5 Approval and production tests.
160.031-6 Marking.
160.031-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.032--Davits for Merchant Vessel
160.032-1 Applicable specifications.
160.032-2 General requirements for davits.
160.032-3 Construction of davits.
160.032-4 Capacity of davits.
160.032-5 Inspection and testing of davits.
160.032-6 Procedure for approval of davits.
Subpart 160.033--Mechanical Disengaging Apparatus, Lifeboat, for
Merchant Vessels
160.033-1 Applicable specifications.
160.033-2 General requirements for mechanical disengaging apparatus.
160.033-3 Construction of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
160.033-4 Inspection and testing of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
160.033-5 Procedure for approval of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
Subpart 160.035--Lifeboats for Merchant Vessels
160.035-1 Applicable specifications.
160.035-2 General requirements for lifeboats.
160.035-3 Construction of steel oar-propelled lifeboats.
160.035-4 Construction of steel handpropelled lifeboats.
160.035-5 Construction of steel motorpropelled lifeboats with and
without radio cabin.
160.035-6 Construction of aluminum oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled
lifeboats.
160.035-7 Construction of wood oar-, hand- and motor-propelled
lifeboats.
160.035-8 Construction of fibrous glass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.)
oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.
160.035-9 Cubic capacity of lifeboats.
160.035-10 Number of persons allowed in lifeboats.
160.035-11 Inspection and testing of lifeboats.
160.035-12 Additional preapproval tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats.
160.035-13 Testing and inspection after approval.
160.035-14 Procedure for approval of lifeboats.
Subpart 160.036--Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress
Signals
160.036-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.036-2 Type.
160.036-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance
requirements.
160.036-4 Approval and production tests.
160.036-5 Marking.
160.036-6 Container.
160.036-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.037--Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals
160.037-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.037-2 Type.
160.037-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.
160.037-4 Approval and production tests.
160.037-5 Labeling and marking.
160.037-6 Container.
160.037-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.038--Magazine Chests, Portable, for Merchant Vessels
160.038-1 Applicable specifications.
160.038-2 Type.
160.038-3 Materials, workmanship, and construction.
160.038-4 Inspections and tests.
160.038-5 Marking.
160.038-6 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.039--[Reserved]
Subpart 160.040--Line-Throwing Appliance, Impulse-Projected Rocket Type
(and Equipment)
160.040-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.040-2 Type and size.
160.040-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.
160.040-4 Equipment for impulse projected rocket type line-throwing
appliance.
160.040-5 Approval and production tests.
160.040-6 Marking and labeling.
160.040-7 Procedure for approval.
[[Page 16]]
Subpart 160.041--Kits, First-Aid, for Merchant Vessels
160.041-1 Applicable specification and publication.
160.041-2 Type and size.
160.041-3 Construction and workmanship.
160.041-4 Contents.
160.041-5 Inspections and tests.
160.041-6 Marking.
160.041-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.042--Skids, Liferaft, for Merchant Vessels
160.042-1 Applicable specification.
160.042-2 General requirements.
160.042-3 Construction.
160.042-4 Inspection.
160.042-5 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.043--Jackknife (With Can Opener) for Merchant Vessels
160.043-1 Applicable specification and plan.
160.043-2 Type.
160.043-3 Materials.
160.043-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.043-5 Inspections and tests.
160.043-6 Marking and packing.
160.043-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.044--Pumps, Bilge, Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels
160.044-1 Applicable specifications.
160.044-2 Types and sizes.
160.044-3 General requirements.
160.044-4 Inspection and tests.
160.044-5 Marking.
160.044-6 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.047--Specifications for a Buoyant Vest, Kapok, or Fibrous
Glass, Adult and Child
160.047-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.047-2 Model.
160.047-3 Materials.
160.047-3a Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other
instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.047-4 Construction.
160.047-5 Inspections and tests.
160.047-6 Marking.
160.047-7 Recognized laboratory.
Subpart 160.048--Specification for a Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass
160.048-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.048-2 Types and sizes.
160.048-3 Materials.
160.048-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.048-5 Inspections and tests.
160.048-6 Marking.
160.048-7 Procedure for approval.
160.048-8 Recognized laboratory.
Subpart 160.049--Specification for a Buoyant Cushion Plastic Foam
160.049-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.049-2 Types and sizes.
160.049-3 Materials.
160.049-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.049-5 Inspections and tests.
160.049-6 Marking.
160.049-7 Procedure for approval.
160.049-8 Recognized laboratory.
Subpart 160.050--Specification for a Buoy, Life Ring, Unicellular
Plastic
160.050-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.050-2 Types and sizes.
160.050-3 Materials.
160.050-4 Construction and workmanship.
160.050-5 Sampling, tests, and inspection.
160.050-6 Marking.
160.050-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.051--Inflatable Liferafts
160.051-0 Incorporation by reference.
160.051-1 Applicable specifications.
160.051-2 Alternate construction.
160.051-3 Type and sizes.
160.051-4 Design.
160.051-5 Inspections and tests.
160.051-6 Servicing.
160.051-7 Equipment.
160.051-8 Nameplate and marking.
160.051-9 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.052--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic
Foam, Adult and Child
160.052-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.052-2 Size and model.
160.052-3 Materials--Standard vests.
160.052-3a Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other
instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.052-4 Materials--nonstandard vests.
160.052-5 Construction--standard vests.
160.052-6 Construction--nonstandard vests.
160.052-7 Inspection and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.
160.052-8 Marking.
160.052-9 Recognized laboratory.
Subpart 160.053--Work Vests, Unicellular Plastic Foam
160.053-1 Applicable specifications.
160.053-2 Type.
160.053-3 Materials, construction and workmanship.
160.053-4 Inspections and tests.
160.053-5 Marking.
[[Page 17]]
160.053-6 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.054--Kits, First-Aid, for Inflatable Liferafts
160.054-1 Applicable specification.
160.054-2 Type and size.
160.054-3 Construction.
160.054-4 Contents.
160.054-5 Inspections and tests.
160.054-6 Marking.
160.054-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and
Child, for Merchant Vessels
160.055-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.055-2 Type and model.
160.055-3 Materials--standard life preservers.
160.055-4 Materials--nonstandard life preservers.
160.055-5 Construction--Standard life preservers.
160.055-6 Construction--nonstandard, life preservers.
160.055-7 Sampling, test, and inspections--standard and nonstandard
life preservers.
160.055-8 Marking.
160.055-9 Procedure for approval--standard and nonstandard life
preservers.
Subpart 160.056--Rescue Boat
160.056-1 General requirements.
160.056-2 Construction.
160.056-3 Fittings and equipment.
160.056-4 Approval tests of prototype rescue boat.
160.056-5 Inspections.
160.056-6 Name plate.
160.056-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.057--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (15 Minutes)
160.057-1 Incorporations by reference.
160.057-2 Type.
160.057-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance
requirements.
160.057-4 Approval and production tests.
160.057-5 Marking.
160.057-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.058--Desalter Kits, Sea Water, for Merchant Vessels
160.058-1 Applicable specification.
160.058-2 Type.
160.058-3 Materials, workmanship construction and performance
requirements.
160.058-4 Inspections.
160.058-5 Labeling and marking.
160.058-6 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.060--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular
Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child
160.060-1 Incorporation by reference.
160.060-2 Type and model.
160.060-3 Materials--standard vests.
160.060-3a Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other
instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.060-4 Materials--nonstandard vests.
160.060-5 Construction--standard vests.
160.060-6 Construction--nonstandard vests.
160.060-7 Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.
160.060-8 Marking.
160.060-9 Recognized laboratory.
Subpart 160.061--Fishing Tackle Kits, Emergency, for Merchant Vessels
160.061-1 Applicable specifications.
160.061-2 Requirements.
160.061-3 Design and construction.
160.061-4 Kit assembly.
160.061-5 Marking.
160.061-6 Inspection and test.
160.061-7 Procedure for approval.
Subpart 160.062--Releases, Lifesaving Equipment, Hydraulic and Manual
160.062-1 Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
160.062-2 Types.
160.062-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance
requirements.
160.062-4 Inspections and tests.
160.062-5 Markings.
160.062-6 Procedure for approval.
160.062-7 Procedures for acceptance of repair facility.
160.062-8 Procedures for acceptance of testing facility.
Subpart 160.064--Marine Buoyant Devices
160.064-1 Applicable specifications.
160.064-2 Types and models.
160.064-3 Requirements.
160.064-4 Marking.
160.064-6 Examinations, tests and inspections.
160.064-7 Recognized laboratory.
Subpart 160.066--Distress Signal for Boats, Red Aerial Pyrotechnic Flare
160.066-1 Type.
160.066-5 Design, construction and manufacturing requirements.
160.066-7 Performance requirements.
160.066-9 Labeling.
160.066-10 Expiration date.
160.066-11 Approval procedures.
160.066-12 Operational tests.
[[Page 18]]
160.066-13 Technical tests.
160.066-15 Production testing.
Subpart 160.072--Distress Signals for Boats, Orange Flag
160.072-1 Applicability.
160.072-3 General performance requirements.
160.072-5 Accelerated weathering test.
160.072-7 Manufacturer certification and labeling.
160.072-9 Manufacturer notification.
Subpart 160.073--Float-Free Link or Life Floats and Buoyant Apparatus
160.073-1 Scope.
160.073-5 Certification.
160.073-10 Construction and performance.
160.073-15 Tests.
160.073-20 Marking.
Subpart 160.076--Inflatable Recreational Personal Flotation Devices
160.076-1 Scope.
160.076-3 Applicability.
160.076-5 Definitions.
160.076-7 PFD approval Type.
160.076-9 Conditional approval.
160.076-11 Incorporation by reference.
160.076-13 Approval procedures for inflatable PFDs.
160.076-15 Suspension or termination of approval.
160.076-17 Approval of design or material changes.
160.076-19 Recognized laboratories.
160.076-21 Component materials.
160.076-23 Construction and performance requirements.
160.076-25 Approval testing.
160.076-27 [Reserved].
160.076-29 Production oversight.
160.076-31 Production tests and examinations.
160.076-33 Manufacturer records.
160.076-35 Information pamphlet.
160.076-37 Owner's manual.
160.076-39 Marking.
Subpart 160.077--Hybrid Inflatable Personal Flotation Devices
160.077-1 Scope.
160.077-2 Definitions.
160.077-3 Required to be worn.
160.077-4 Type.
160.077-5 Incorporation by reference.
160.077-6 Approval procedures.
160.077-7 Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
160.077-9 Recognized laboratory.
160.077-11 Materials--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
160.077-13 Materials--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.
160.077-15 Construction and Performance--Recreational Hybrid PFD.
160.077-17 Construction and Performance--Type I and Commercial Hybrid
PFD.
160.077-19 Approval Testing--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
160.077-21 Approval Testing--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.
160.077-23 Production tests and inspections.
160.077-25 Manufacturer records.
160.077-27 Pamphlet.
160.077-29 PFD Manuals.
160.077-30 Spare operating components and temporary marking.
160.077-31 PFD Marking.
Subpart 160.171--Immersion Suits
160.171-1 Scope.
160.171-3 Incorporations by reference.
160.171-5 Independent laboratory.
160.171-7 Approval procedures.
160.171-9 Construction.
160.171-11 Performance.
160.171-13 Storage case.
160.171-15 Instructions.
160.171-17 Approval testing for adult size immersion suit.
160.171-19 Approval testing for child size immersion suit.
160.171-23 Marking.
160.171-25 Production testing.
Subpart 160.174--Thermal Protective Aids
160.174-1 Scope.
160.174-3 Incorporations by reference.
160.174-5 Independent laboratory.
160.174-7 Approval procedures.
160.174-9 Construction.
160.174-11 Performance.
160.174-13 Storage case.
160.174-15 Instructions.
160.174-17 Approval testing.
160.174-23 Marking.
160.174-25 Production testing.
Subpart 160.176--Inflatable Lifejackets
160.176-1 Scope.
160.176-2 Application.
160.176-3 Definitions.
160.176-4 Incorporation by Reference.
160.176-5 Approval procedures.
160.176-6 Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
160.176-7 Independent laboratories.
160.176-8 Materials.
160.176-9 Construction.
160.176-11 Performance.
160.176-13 Approval Tests.
160.176-15 Production tests and inspections.
160.176-17 Manufacturer records.
160.176-19 Servicing.
[[Page 19]]
160.176-21 User manuals.
160.176-23 Marking.
Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703 and 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.
Subpart 160.001--Life Preservers, General
Sec. 160.001-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) This subpart makes reference to the following documents:
(1) Federal Specifications:
V-T-285D-Thread, Polyester.
V-T-295D-Thread, Nylon.
(2) Military Specification:
MIL-T-3530E-Thread and Twine; mildew resistant or water repellent
treated.
(b) The Federal Specifications to which this subpart refers may be
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services
Administration, Washington, DC 20407, or from any other regional General
Services Administration Business Service Center.
(c) Military Specification MIL-T-3530E may be obtained from the
Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia,
PA 19120.
(d) If an incorporated reference is not available from these
sources, it may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast
Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
[CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27152, June 22, 1978, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993; CGD 95-072,
60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.001-2 General characteristics of life preservers.
(a) A life preserver must be of such construction, material and
workmanship that it can perform its intended function in all weathers
and at all temperatures which may be expected in the normal usage of the
life preserver. All components used in the construction of a life
preserver must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of
the chapter.
(b) A life preserver shall be capable of supporting in fresh water
for 48 hours a minimum of 16.5 pounds.
(c) Life preservers which depend upon loose or granulated material
for buoyancy are prohibited.
(d) A life preserver shall be simple in design, reversible, and
capable of being quickly adjusted for secure fit to the body of a wearer
of the size for which it is intended.
(e) A life preserver shall support the wearer in the water in an
upright or slightly backward position, and shall provide support to the
head so that the face of an unconscious or exhausted person is held
above the water.
(f) A life preserver shall be capable of turning the wearer, upon
entering the water, to a safe flotation position as described in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(g) A life preserver shall not be appreciably deteriorated or
rendered unable to perform its intended function by common oils or oil
products.
(h) A life preserver shall be of a highly visible color, such as
Indian Orange, International Orange, or Scarlet Munsell Red.
(i) A life preserver shall be of such construction, materials, and
workmanship as to be at least equivalent to a standard type life
preserver described in detail by other subparts in this part.
(j) Each thread in a life preserver regulated under subparts
160.002, 160.005 and 160.055 of this part must meet the requirements of
a Federal or military specification in table 164.023-5(a) of this
chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each seam.
[CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15297, Dec. 6, 1966, as amended by CGD 78-012, 43 FR
27152, June 22, 1978; CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989; CGD 84-
068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]
Sec. 160.001-3 General provisions for approval of life preservers.
(a) Designs of life preservers are approved only by the Commandant,
U.S. Coast Guard.
(b) Standard type life preservers covered by detailed specifications
in this part shall be submitted as provided by the applicable subpart.
(c) Life preservers in any degree different from the standards
contained in this part shall be submitted for approval through the Coast
Guard District Commander of the district in which the factory is
located, and shall
[[Page 20]]
include duplicate specimen life preservers, together with plans,
material lists, and construction specifications in quadruplicate.
[11 FR 847, Jan. 23, 1946; 11 FR 10089, Sept. 11, 1946, as amended by
CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June
22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]
Subpart 160.002--Life Preservers, Kapok, Adult and Child (Jacket Type),
Models 3 and 5
Sec. 160.002-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and standards. This subpart makes reference to
the following documents:
(1) Military Specifications:
MIL-W-530--Webbing, Textile, Cotton. General Purpose, Natural or in
Colors.
(2) Federal Specification:
L-P-375--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.
(3) Federal Standards:
No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
(4) Coast Guard specifications:
164.003--Kapok, Processed.
(b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date
life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this specification:
Dwg. No. F-49-6-1:
(Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (adult).
(Sheet 1A) Alternate stitching of tapes and webbing (adult and
child).
(Sheet 2) Pad Detail (adult).
Dwg. No. F-49-6-5:
(Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (child).
(Sheet 2) Pad Detail (child).
(c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period
consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of
approval. The Coast Guard specifications and plans may be obtained upon
request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC,
20593-0001. The Federal specifications and standards may be purchased
from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration,
Washington, DC, 20407. The Military specifications may be obtained from
the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa., 19120.
(d) [Reserved]
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7855, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29,
1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.002-2 Size and models.
Each life preserver specified in this subpart is to be a:
(a) Model 3, adult, 24 ounces kapok; or
(b) Model 5, child, 16 ounces kapok.
[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973]
Sec. 160.002-3 Materials.
All components used in the construction of the life preserver must
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and
the following requirements apply to individual components;
(a) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with
subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly processed.
(b) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072,
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in
paragraph (j) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more
than 2 percent residual sizing or other non-fibrous material, shall
weigh not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread
count of not less than 72 in the warp and 54 in the filling, and shall
have a breaking strength (grab method) of not less than 105
[[Page 21]]
pounds in the warp and 70 pounds in the filling. If it is proposed to
treat the fabric with a fire-retardant substance, full details shall be
submitted to the Commandant for determination as to what samples will be
needed for testing.
(c) Tunnel strip. The tunnel strip shall be made of cotton drill
conforming to the requirements for the envelope cover.
(d) Pad covering. The covering for the kapok pad inserts shall be
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 inch in thickness meeting the
requirements of specification L-P-375 for Type I film Type II, Class 1
film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness will also be acceptable.
(e) Tie tapes and drawstrings. The tie tapes at the neck and the
lower drawstrings shall be made of 1\1/4\-inch cotton tape weighing not
less than 0.3 ounce per linear yard, and having a minimum breaking
strength of 200 pounds. The tie tapes and drawstrings shall be treated
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this
section.
(f) Body strap. The body strap shall be made of one-inch cotton
webbing having a minimum breaking strength of 400 pounds. One-inch
cotton webbing meeting the requirements of specification MIL-W-530 for
Type IIb webbing is acceptable. The complete body strap assembly shall
have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds. The body strap shall be
treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j)
of this section.
(g) Dee rings and snap hook. The dee rings and snap hook shall be of
brass, bronze, or stainless steel, and of the approximate size indicated
by Dwg. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1. The snap hook spring shall be phosphor bronze
or other suitable corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring ends shall be
welded to form a continuous ring. The webbing opening of the snap hook
shall be a continuous ring.
(h) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape shall be made of \3/4\-
inch cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per linear yard and
having a minimum breaking strength of 120 pounds, and shall be treated
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this
section.
(i) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each
seam.
(j) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be
dihydroxydichloro- diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4,
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1.00 percent of the dry
weight of the finished goods.
[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4627, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154; June 22, 1978; CGD
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]
Sec. 160.002-4 Construction.
(a) General. This specification covers life preservers which
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing pockets in which
are enclosed pads of buoyant material, the life preserver being fitted
with tapes and webbing to provide complete reversibility, proper
adjustment for close fit to the bodies of various size wearers, and
proper flotation characteristics to hold the wearer in an upright
backward position with head and face out of water.
(b) Envelope. The envelope shall be of not more than two pieces, one
piece for either side, cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. F-49-6-1,
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Dwg. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size,
joined by seams and stitching as shown on the drawing. A drawstring
tunnel shall be formed by stitching a strip of the tunnel strip material
as shown on the drawing. The ends of the tunnel strip shall be tucked
under the reinforcing tape stitched around the end openings so there is
no direct access to the pads from the outside. Three pockets shall be
formed for insertion of the kapok pads. The two front pads shall be
removable from the envelope when portions of the lower longitudinal seam
are opened, and the back pad shall be removable when a portion of one
armhole seam is opened.
(c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming, sealing, and distribution of kapok.
The buoyant pad inserts shall be formed from two pieces of film cut to
the patterns shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 2, for adult size, and
Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 2, for child size, which shall be heat-sealed
tight. The heat-sealed pad
[[Page 22]]
seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds when one inch
strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled apart at a
rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine of 12 inches
per minute. The pad inserts shall be filled with kapok distributed as
follows:
Table 160.002-4 (c)(1)--Distribution of Kapok in Pad Inserts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Model 3 (minimum) Model 5 (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pad (2):
Lower section................. 5.25 oz. each..... 3.50 oz. each.
Upper section................. 3.75 oz. each..... 2.50 oz. each.
Back Pad........................ 6.00 oz........... 4.00 oz.
Total..................... 24.00 oz.......... 16.00 oz.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Displacement of pad inserts. The volume of the finished
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide
buoyancy as set forth in the following table when tested in accordance
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.002-5(d), except that the period
of submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement
of the pads:
Table 160.002-4(c)(2)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Model 3 Model 5
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads...................... 12\1/2\ lbs. 6\1/2\ lbs.
eachplus-minus\3/ eachplus-minus\1/
4\ lb. 2\ lb.
Back pads....................... 8 lbs. eachplus- 4\1/2\ lbs.
minus\1/2\ lb. eachplus-minus\1/
2\ lb.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall extend not less than
14 inches from the edge of the adult life preserver and not less than 12
inches from the edge of the child life preserver. They shall be stitched
through both thicknesses of the envelope as shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1,
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size,
or by the alternate stitching shown on Sheet 1A. The free ends shall be
doubled over and stitched in accordance with section G-G of Sheet 1.
(e) Drawstrings. The drawstrings at the waist shall extend not less
than 8 inches from the edge of the life preserver and shall be secured
in the drawstring tunnel as shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1, for
adult size, and Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, or by the
alternate stitching shown on Sheet 1A. The free ends shall be doubled
over and stitched in accordance with section G-G of Sheet 1.
(f) Body strap. The body strap shall be fitted with a single Dee
ring on one end with the arrangement of a snap hook and pre-threaded
double Dee rings as shown on Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1, on the other.
The body strap shall be stitched as shown on the drawings, and the edge
of the single Dee ring shall be 20 inches from the center line for adult
size and 15 inches for child size.
(g) Reinforcing tape. Binding tape shall be stitched approximately
15 inches for adult jackets and 12 inches for child jackets around the
back of the neck, and also around the openings of the drawstring tunnel
and around the bottom of the armholes, as indicated by the drawings.
(h) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal standard No. 751 and there shall be not
less than 7, nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
(i) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance
or serviceability.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7856, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR
4627, June 25, 1958; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10897, Aug. 21, 1965]
Sec. 160.002-5 Sampling, tests, and inspections.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) General. When production is to commence on life preservers or
kapok pad inserts for use in life preservers, the manufacturer shall
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard, of
the inspection zone in which the factory is located in sufficient time
for him to assign a Coast Guard marine inspector to the plant to observe
production methods and to conduct any inspections or tests which may be
deemed advisable. Manufacturers of approved life preservers shall
maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing
operations, and the finished product so as to meet
[[Page 23]]
the requirements of this specification. When a lot of life preservers is
presented for Coast Guard inspection, it is expected that the
manufacturer will previously have taken all ordinary precautions to
assure himself that the life preservers are in full compliance with the
requirements of this specification. The Coast Guard inspections and test
are not intended to replace, or be a substitute for, full inspections
and tests by the manufacturer to maintain the quality of his product.
The Coast Guard marine inspector shall be admitted to any place in the
factory where work is done on the life preservers or on component
materials or parts. Samples of materials entering into construction may
be taken by the inspector and tests made for compliance with the
applicable requirements.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than
500 life preservers. A new lot shall be started with any change or
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a
lot of life preservers is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U. S. Coast Guard, of
the inspection zone in which the factory is located, who will assign a
marine inspector to the plant for the purpose of making the necessary
tests and inspections. From each lot of life preservers the marine
inspector shall select samples in accordance with the following table to
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section:
Table 160.002-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests
Number of
life
Lot size preservers
in sample
100 and under............................................... 1
101 to 200.................................................. 2
201 to 300.................................................. 3
301 to 500.................................................. 4
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample life
preserver failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less
than ten specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyancy in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place
and the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector in conducting
tests to determine compliance of life preservers with this
specification. The apparatus shall include accurate spring scales of
adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, and a test tank or tanks
which can be locked or sealed in such manner as to preclude disturbance
of life preservers undergoing test or change in water level.
(d) Buoyancy test. Remove the buoyant pad inserts from the life
preserver and cut three slits in the film on both sides of both the
upper and lower sections of the front pads and three slits on both sides
of the back pad. The slits shall be not less than 2 inches in length and
spaced not less than 2 inches apart. Securely attach the spring scale in
a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket
from the scale in such a manner that the basket may be weighed while it
is completely under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy
provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty basket should
exceed the buoyancy of the pads; to obtain the buoyancy of the pads,
proceed as follows:
(1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(2) Place the pads inside the basket, and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the pads to remain submerged for 48 hours. The tank shall be
locked or sealed during this 48-hour submergence period. It is important
that after the pads have once been submerged they shall remain submerged
for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the
test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(3) After the 48-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the wire basket with the pads inside while both are still
under water.
(4) The buoyancy is computed as (1) minus (3).
(e) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 3 adult
life preservers shall provide not less than 25 pounds buoyancy in fresh
water, and the pads from Model 5 child life preservers shall provide not
less than 16\1/2\ pounds buoyancy.
[[Page 24]]
(f) Lot inspection. If the sample life preserver or preservers meet
the buoyancy requirement, the inspector shall carefully inspect
individually each of the life preservers in the lot, making such
examination and tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the life
preservers have been manufactured according to this specification. Non-
conforming units shall be eliminated. The manufacturer shall provide a
well lighted place equipped with a suitable smooth top table for use by
the inspector and shall provide labor for all handling of life
preservers requisite to lot inspection.
(g) Lot acceptance. When the inspector has satisfied himself that
the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in the
name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the requirements
of this specification, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof ink
with the words ``Inspected and Passed, (Date), (Marine Inspection Office
identification letters) U.S.C.G.''
(h) Lot rejection. If any sample life preserver fails the buoyancy
test, ten additional specimen life preservers shall be selected from the
lot and tested for buoyancy. If all the ten additional specimen life
preservers pass the buoyancy test, the lot shall be considered for lot
inspection as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If any one of
the ten additional specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the
lot shall be rejected. If, in the lot inspection, three or more non-
conforming units are eliminated for the same kind of defect, lot
inspection shall be discontinued until such time as the manufacturer has
inspected the remainder of the lot and eliminated or corrected
additional units having the same kind of defect. Non-conforming units
which have been eliminated in the lot inspection may be re-submitted for
inspection, provided that all defects have been corrected to the
satisfaction of the inspector. When permitted by the Commander of the
Coast Guard District, rejected lots may be re-worked by the manufacturer
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and to eliminate
all non-conforming units, following which the remainder of the lot may
be re-submitted for official testing and inspection. Life preservers
from rejected lots may not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or
offered for sale under representation as being in compliance with this
specification or as being approved for use on merchant vessels or
motorboats.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7857, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR
4627, June 25, 1958; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008,
43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]
Sec. 160.002-6 Marking.
Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in
waterproof ink on a front section:
(a) In letters three-quarters of an inch or more in height:
(1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
(b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:
Type I Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Kapok buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of (25 lb. or
16\1/2\ lb.).
Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, or
less than 90 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.002/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).
[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR
9770, Mar. 9, 1978]
Sec. 160.002-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Life preservers for use on merchant vessels or
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Each
model life preserver is considered separately. Correspondence pertaining
to the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located.
The Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector
to the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing
methods and to select, from not less than ten life preservers already
manufactured, not less than three life
[[Page 25]]
preservers for test in accordance with Secs. 160.002-4(c)(2) and
160.002-5(d). A copy of the marine inspector's report, together with a
fourth specimen life preserver and one set of pad inserts selected from
those already manufactured, will be forwarded to the Commandant for
examination, and if satisfactory an official approval number will be
assigned to the manufacturer for the model life preserver submitted.
[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4628, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-
070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]
Subpart 160.005--Life Preservers, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child (Jacket
Type), Models 52 and 56
Sec. 160.005-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to
the following documents:
(1) Federal Specification:
L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.
(2) Federal Standards:
No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
(3) Military Specification:
MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textiles, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural and in
colors.
MIL-R-2766B--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.
(b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date
life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
Dwg. No. 160.005-1:
(Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (Adult).
(Sheet 2) Alternate Stitching of Tapes and Webbing (Adult and
Child).
(Sheet 3) Pad Detail (Adult).
(Sheet 4) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (Child).
(Sheet 5) Pad Detail (Child).
(c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period
consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of
approval. The Coast Guard plans may be obtained upon request from the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. The Federal specifications and standards
may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services
Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Military specifications may be
obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7862, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]
Sec. 160.005-2 Size and model.
Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
(a) Model 52, adult, 46 ounces fibrous glass; or
(b) Model 56, child, 30 ounces fibrous glass.
[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973]
Sec. 160.005-3 Materials.
All components used in the construction of a life preserver must
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and
the following requirements apply to individual components:
(a) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall be all new material
complying with the requirements of Specification MIL-B-2766.
(b) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072,
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in
paragraph (j) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more
than 2 percent residual sizing or other nonfibrous material, shall weigh
not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread count of
not less
[[Page 26]]
than 72 in the warp and 54 in the filling, and shall have a breaking
strength (grab method) of not less than 105 pounds in the warp and 70
pounds in the filling. If it is proposed to treat the fabric with a
fire-retardant substance, full details shall be submitted to the
Commandant for determination as to what samples will be needed for
testing.
(c) Tunnel strip. The tunnel strip shall be made of cotton drill
conforming to the requirements for the envelope cover.
(d) Pad covering. The covering for the fibrous glass pad inserts
shall be flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 inch in thickness
meeting the requirements of specification L-P-375 for Type I film. Type
II, Class 1 film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness will also be
acceptable.
(e) Tie tapes and drawstrings. The tie tapes at the neck and the
lower drawstrings shall be made of 1 \1/4\-inch cotton tape weighing not
less than 0.3 ounce per linear yard, and having a minimum breaking
strength of 200 pounds. The tie tapes and drawstrings shall be treated
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this
section.
(f) Body strap. The body strap shall be made of one-inch cotton
webbing having a minimum breaking strength of 400 pounds. One-inch
cotton webbing meeting the requirements of specification MIL-W-530 for
Type IIb webbing is acceptable. The complete body strap assembly shall
have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds. The body strap shall be
treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j)
of this section.
(g) Dee rings and snap hook. The dee rings and snap hook shall be
brass, bronze, or stainless steel, and of the approximate size indicated
by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1. The snap hook spring shall be phosphor
bronze or other suitable corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring ends
shall be welded to form a continuous ring. The webbing opening of the
snap hook shall be a continuous ring.
(h) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape shall be made of \3/4\-
inch cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per linear yard and
having a minimum breaking strength of 120 pounds, and shall be treated
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this
section.
(i) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each
seam.
(j) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be
dihydroxydichloro- diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4,
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1.00 percent of the dry
weight of the finished goods.
[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4628, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]
Sec. 160.005-4 Construction.
(a) General. This specification covers life preservers which
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing pockets in which
are enclosed pads of buoyant material, the life preserver being fitted
with tapes and webbing to provide complete reversibility, proper
adjustment for close fit to the bodies of various size wearers, and
proper flotation characteristics to hold the wearer in an upright
backward position with head and face out of water.
(b) Envelope. The envelope shall be of not more than two pieces, one
piece for either side, cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 160.005-1,
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, joined by seams
and stitching as shown on the drawing. A drawstring tunnel shall be
formed by stitching a strip of the tunnel strip material as shown by the
drawing. The ends of the tunnel strip shall be tucked under the
reinforcing tape stitched around the end openings so there is no direct
access to the pads from the outside. Three pockets shall be formed for
insertion of the pads. The two front pads shall be removable from the
envelope when portions of the lower longitudinal seam are opened, and
the back pad shall be removable when a portion of one armhole seam is
opened.
(c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming, sealing, and distribution of fibrous
glass. The buoyant pad inserts shall be formed
[[Page 27]]
from two pieces of film cut to the patterns shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1,
Sheet 3, for adult size, and Sheet 5, for child size, which shall be
heat-sealed tight. The heat-sealed pad seams shall show an adhesion of
not less than 8 pounds when 1-inch strips cut across and perpendicular
to the seams are pulled apart at a rate of separation of the clamping
jaws of the test machine of 12 inches per minute. The pad inserts shall
be filled with fibrous glass distributed as follows:
Table 160.005-4(c)(1)--Distribution of Fibrous Glass in Pad Inserts
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Model 52 (minimum) Model 56 (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pad (2):
Lower section................. 10.00 oz. each.... 6.50 oz. each.
Upper section................. 7.25 oz. each..... 4.75 oz. each.
Back pad........................ 11.50 oz.......... 7.50 oz.
Total....................... 46.00 oz.......... 30.00 oz.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Displacement of pad inserts. The volume of the finished
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide
buoyancy as set forth in the following table when tested in accordance
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.005-5(d), except that the period
of submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement
of the pads:
Table 160.005-4 (c) (2)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Model 52 Model 56
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads...................... 12\1/2\ lbs. each 6\1/2\ lbs. each
plus-minus\3/4\ plus-minus\1/2\
lb.. lbs.
Back pads....................... 8 lbs. each plus- 4\1/2\ lbs. each
minus\1/2\ lb.. plus-minus\1/2\
lb.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall extend not less than
14 inches from the edge of the adult life preserver and not less than 12
inches from the edge of the child life preserver. They shall be stitched
through both thicknesses of the envelope as shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1,
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, or by the
alternate stitching shown on Sheet 2. The free ends shall be doubled
over and stitched in accordance with section E-E of Sheet 1.
(e) Drawstrings. The drawstrings at the waist shall extend not less
than 8 inches from the edge of the life preserver and shall be secured
in the drawstring tunnel as shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1, for
adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, or by the alternate stitching
shown on Sheet 2. The free ends shall be doubled over and stitched in
accordance with section E-E of Sheet 1.
(f) Body strap. The body strap shall be fitted with a single dee
ring on one end and with the arrangement of a snap hook and prethreaded
double dee rings as shown on Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1, on the other.
The body strap shall be stitched as shown on the drawings, and the edge
of the single dee ring shall be 20 inches from the center line for adult
size and 15 inches for child size.
(g) Reinforcing tape. Binding tape shall be stitched approximately
15 inches for adult life preservers and 12 inches for child life
preservers around the back of the neck, and also around the openings of
the drawstring tunnel and around the bottom of the arm holes as
indicated by the drawings.
(h) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not
less than 7, nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
(i) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance
or serviceability.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7863, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR
4628, June 25, 1958; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10898, Aug. 21, 1965]
Sec. 160.005-5 Sampling, tests, and inspections.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) General. When production is to commence on life preservers or
fibrous glass pad inserts for use in life preservers, the manufacturer
shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard
of the inspection zone in which the factory is located in sufficient
time for him to assign a Coast Guard Marine Inspector to the plant to
observe production methods and to conduct any inspections or tests which
may be deemed advisable. Manufacturers of approved life preservers shall
[[Page 28]]
maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing
operations, and the finished product so as to meet the requirements of
this specification. When a lot of life preservers is presented for Coast
Guard inspection, it is expected that the manufacturer will previously
have taken all ordinary precautions to assure himself that the life
preservers are in full compliance with the requirements of this
specification. The Coast Guard inspections and tests are not intended to
replace, or be a substitute for, full inspections and tests by the
manufacturer to maintain the quality of his product. The Coast Guard
Marine Inspector shall be admitted to any place in the factory where
work is done on the life preservers or on component materials or parts.
Samples of materials entering into construction may be taken by the
marine inspector and tests made for compliance with the applicable
requirements.
(b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than
500 life preservers. A new lot shall be started with any change or
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a
lot of life preservers is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard, of
the inspection zone in which the factory is located, who will assign a
marine inspector to the plant for the purpose of making the necessary
tests and inspections. From each lot of life preservers the marine
inspector shall select samples in accordance with the following table to
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section:
Table 160.005-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests
Number of
life
Lot size preservers
in sample
100 and under............................................... 1
101 to 200.................................................. 2
201 to 300.................................................. 3
301 to 500.................................................. 4
(2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample life
preserver failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less
than ten specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyancy in
accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place
and the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector in conducting
tests to determine compliance of life preservers with this
specification. The apparatus shall include accurate spring scales of
adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, and a test tank or tanks
which can be locked or sealed in such manner as to preclude disturbance
of life preservers undergoing test or change in water level.
(d) Buoyancy test. Remove the buoyant pad inserts from the life
preserver and cut three slits in the film on both sides of both the
upper and lower sections of the front pads and three slits on both sides
of the back pad. The slits shall be not less than 2 inches in length and
spaced not less than 2 inches apart. Securely attach the spring scale in
a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket
from the scale in such a manner that the basket may be weighed while it
is completely under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy
provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty basket should
exceed the buoyancy of the pads. To obtain the buoyancy of the pads,
proceed as follows:
(1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
(2) Place the pads inside the basket, and submerge it so that the
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water.
Allow the pads to remain submerged for 48 hours. The tank shall be
locked or sealed during this 48-hour submergence period. It is important
that after the pads have once been submerged they shall remain submerged
for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the
test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
(3) After the 48-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank
and weigh the wire basket with the pads inside while both are still
under water.
(4) The buoyancy is computed as (1) minus (3).
(e) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 52 adult
life preservers shall provide not less than 25 pounds buoyancy in fresh
water, and
[[Page 29]]
the pads from Model 56 child life preservers shall provide not less than
16\1/2\ pounds buoyancy.
(f) Lot inspection. If the sample life preserver or preservers meet
the buoyancy requirement, the marine inspector shall carefully inspect
individually each of the life preservers in the lot, making such
examination and tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the life
preservers have been manufactured according to this specification. Non-
conforming units shall be eliminated. The manufacturer shall provide a
well lighted place equipped with a suitable smooth top table for use by
the marine inspector and shall provide labor for all handling of life
preservers requisite to lot inspection.
(g) Lot acceptance. When the marine inspector has satisfied himself
that the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in
the name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the
requirements of this specification, they shall be plainly marked in
waterproof ink with the words, ``Inspected and Passed, (Date), Marine
Inspection Office identification letters USCG.''
(h) Lot rejection. If any sample life preserver fails the buoyancy
test ten additional specimen life preservers shall be selected from the
lot and tested for buoyancy. If all the ten additional specimen life
preservers pass the buoyancy test, the lot shall be considered for lot
inspection as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If any one of
the ten additional specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the
lot shall be rejected. If in the lot inspection, three or more non-
conforming units are eliminated for the same kind of defect, lot
inspection shall be discontinued until such time as the manufacturer has
inspected the remainder of the lot and eliminated or corrected
additional units having the same kind of defect. Non-conforming units
which have been eliminated in the lot inspection may be re-submitted for
inspection, provided that all defects have been corrected to the
satisfaction of the marine inspector. When permitted by the Commander of
the Coast Guard District, rejected lots may be re-worked by the
manufacturer to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and
to eliminate all non-conforming units, following which the remainder of
the lot may be re-submitted for official testing and inspection. Life
preservers from rejected lots may not, unless subsequently accepted, be
sold or offered for sale under representation as being in compliance
with this specification or as being approved for use on merchant vessels
or motorboats.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7863, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR
4629, June 25, 1958; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008,
43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]
Sec. 160.005-6 Marking.
Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in
waterproof lettering on a front section:
(a) In letters three-fourths inch or more in height:
(1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
(2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
(b) In letters capable of being read at a distance of 2 feet:
Type I--Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Fibrous glass buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of
(25 lb. or 16\1/2\ lb.).
Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more,
or less than 90 lb).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.005/ (assigned manufacturer's
No.)/(Revision No.). (Model No.);
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).
[CGD 163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR
9770, Mar. 9, 1978]
Sec. 160.005-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Life preservers for use on merchant vessels or
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Each
model life preserver is considered separately. Correspondence pertaining
to the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located.
The Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector
to the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing
methods and to select, from not less than ten life preservers already
[[Page 30]]
manufactured, not less than three life preservers for test in accordance
with Secs. 160.005-4(c)(2) and 160.005-5(d). A copy of the marine
inspector's report, together with a fourth specimen life preserver and
one set of pad inserts selected from those already manufactured, will be
forwarded to the Commandant for examination, and, if satisfactory an
official approval number will be assigned to the manufacturer for the
model life preserver submitted.
[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4629, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR
34535, Sept. 7, 1988]
Subpart 160.006--Life Preservers; Repairing and Cleaning
Source: 11 FR 187, Jan. 3, 1946; 11 FR 561, Jan. 12, 1946, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.006-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
Sec. 160.006-2 Repairing.
(a) General. No repairs, except in emergency, shall be made to an
approved life preserver without advance notice to the Officer in Charge,
Marine Inspection, of the district in which such repairs are to be made.
Emergency repairs shall be reported as soon as practicable to the
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) Kind of repairs. Except in emergency, tapes or straps may not be
repaired, but may be renewed, and small holes, tears, or rips in the
envelope cover fabric may be repaired, at the discretion of the Officer
in Charge, Marine Inspection.
Sec. 160.006-4 Cleaning life preserver envelopes or covers.
(a) General. The envelopes or covers of life preservers of the
removable filler type, i.e., cork, balsa wood, and removable pad fibrous
filler types, may be cleaned or laundered by removing the buoyant
fillers during the cleaning or laundering process and reinserting them
into the envelopes or covers.
(b) Procedure for approval. No formal approval is required, but
application for permission to clean or launder life preserver envelopes
or covers where the buoyant fillers are removed during the cleaning
process, shall be made to the Coast Guard District Commander of the
district in which the work is to be done, and the Coast Guard District
Commander may grant such permission at his discretion.
[11 FR 187, Jan. 3, 1946; 11 FR 10089, Sept. 11, 1946]
Sec. 160.006-5 Cleaning life preservers (where buoyancy fillers are not removed from envelope covers during cleaning process).
(a) General. Only life preservers of Coast Guard approved types
shall be admitted to cleaning under Coast Guard supervision. Neither the
formula for the cleaning solution nor the time and temperature limits
are prescribed or restricted by this subpart, except that the strength
of the tapes and fabric shall not be unduly lessened by the cleaning and
the cleaned life preservers shall be in good condition and
satisfactorily pass the buoyancy requirements specified below.
(b) Inspections and tests--(1) General. An inspector shall examine
all cleaned life preservers at the place the work is done. Life
preservers having tears, rips, weakened or broken straps, excessive
weight, or other abnormalities as compared to new life preservers, shall
be eliminated. He shall select from each lot of 250 or less cleaned life
preservers, at least five life preservers to be tested for buoyancy. If
the specimen life preservers all pass the buoyancy test described in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section the lot shall be acceptable as to
buoyancy. If any one of the specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy
test, ten additional specimen life preservers shall be selected at
random from the lot and tested for buoyancy. If all of the ten
additional specimen life preservers pass the test, the lot shall be
acceptable as to buoyancy. If any one of the ten additional specimen
life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the lot shall be rejected.
Rejected lots may be tested 100 percent by the cleaner and all non-
conforming units eliminated, whereupon the remainder of the lot may be
resubmitted for official inspection. When any specimen life preserver
shall fail the buoyancy test, ten specimen life preservers shall be
selected at
[[Page 31]]
random and tested from the next succeeding lot submitted for official
inspection. When the inspector has satisfied himself that the life
preservers are of approved types, are in good condition and are
satisfactory as to buoyancy as shown by the tests of representative
specimens, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof ink with the word
``Passed (Marine Inspection Office identification letters, date).''
........................................................................
(inspector's initials), (port), date).
(2) Buoyancy test. The specimen cleaned life preserver shall be
tested for buoyancy by placing it in a weighted wire cage which shall be
submerged two hours in a tank of water so the top is approximately two
inches below the surface. The weights shall be more than sufficient to
submerge the cage with the inclosed life preserver. The buoyancy shall
be determined to equal the weight of the weighted cage in water less the
weight of the weighted cage in water with the life preserver inside. The
adult life preserver shall support not less than 16\1/2\ pounds net
weight, and the child life preserver shall support not less than 11
pounds net weight.
(c) Marking. Each life preserver cleaned or laundered shall be
plainly marked in waterproof ink at or near the center of the jacket
with the words ``Cleaned By (name and address of company), (date).''
(d) Procedure for approval. Approval for cleaning or laundering life
preservers as a unit, with the buoyancy fillers inside the covers, the
whole being subjected to the cleaning or laundering process, is granted
only by the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20226.
Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this subpart shall be
addressed to the Coast Guard District Commander of the district in which
the factory is located. In order for a company to obtain approval, an
inspector will be detailed to select at random not less than four
specimen life preservers from among used, soiled life preservers offered
for cleaning and will observe the specimens selected during the cleaning
process in order to ascertain that they are cleaned in accordance with
the company's stated description of the process. The cleaned specimen
life preservers, together with four copies of the complete description
of the procedure, including the formula for the cleaning solution and
time and temperature for various operations, shall then be forwarded
through the Coast Guard District Commander to the Commandant.
[11 FR 187, Jan. 23, 1946; 11 FR 10089, Sept. 11, 1946, as amended by
CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 5758, June 28, 1961; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11,
1976]
Subpart 160.010--Buoyant Apparatus for Merchant Vessels
Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 160.010-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The
Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, ``Material Approved
for Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids
section of this volume. In that table is found the date of the edition
approved, citations to the particular sections of this part where the
material is incorporated, addresses where the material is available, and
the date of the approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To
enforce any edition other than the one listed in the table, notice of
change must be published in the Federal Register and the material made
available. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal
Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Lifesaving
and Fire Safety Division (G-MSE-4), Washington, DC 20593.
(b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this
subpart are:
National Bureau of Standards (NBS)
``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names Dictionary''
in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of
Standards Special Publication 440.
Military Specifications
MIL-P-19644 C--Plastic Molding Material (Polystyrene Foam, Expanded
Bead).
[[Page 32]]
MIL-R-21607 C--Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire
Retardant.
MIL-P-21929 B--Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam-In-
Place, Rigid (2 and 4 Pounds per Cubic Foot).
MIL-P-40619 A--Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene (For Buoyancy
Applications).
[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60
FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.010-2 Definitions.
(a) Buoyant apparatus. Buoyant apparatus is flotation equipment
(other than lifeboats, liferafts, and personal flotation devices)
designed to support a specified number of persons in the water, and of
such construction that it retains its shape and properties and requires
no adjustment or preparation for use. The types of buoyant apparatus
generally in use are the box-float type and the peripheral-body type
defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) Box-float. Box-float is buoyant apparatus of a box-like shape.
(c) Commandant (G-MSE-4). Commandant (G-MSE-4) is the Chief of the
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Standards Division, Marine Safety and
Environmental Protection.
(d) Peripheral-body. Peripheral body is buoyant apparatus with a
continuous body in the shape of either an ellipse or rectangle with a
circular, elliptical, or rectangular body cross-section.
[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.010-3 General requirements for buoyant apparatus.
(a) Each buoyant apparatus must be capable of passing the tests in
Sec. 160.010-7.
(b) Materials not covered in this subpart must be of good quality
and suitable for the purpose intended.
(c) Buoyant apparatus must be effective and stable, floating either
side up.
(d) Each buoyant apparatus must be of such size and strength that it
can be handled without the use of mechanical appliances, and its weight
must not exceed 185 kg (400 lb.).
(e) The buoyant material must be as near as possible to the sides of
the apparatus.
(f) Each buoyant apparatus must have a life line securely attached
around the outside, festooned in bights no longer than 1 m (3 ft.), with
a seine float in each bight, unless the line is of an inherently buoyant
material and absorbs little or no water. The life line must be at least
10 mm (\3/8\ in.) diameter and have a breaking strength of at least 5400
N (1215 lb.).
(g) Pendants must be fitted approximately 450 mm (18 in.) apart
around the outside of each buoyant apparatus. Each pendant must be at
least 6 mm (\1/4\ in.) diameter, at least 3.5 m (12 ft.) long, secured
in the middle, and have a breaking strength of at least 2400 N (540
lb.). Each pendant must be made up in a hank, and the hank secured by
not more than two turns of light twine.
(h) Each peripheral body type buoyant apparatus without a net or
platform on the inside must also have a life line and pendants around
the inside.
(i) Synthetic line or webbing must not be used unless it is of a
type represented by its manufacturer as ultraviolet light resistant, or
it is pigmented in a dark color. A typical method of securing lifelines
and pendants to straps of webbing is shown in Figure 160.010-3(i). If
webbing is used to secure life lines and pendants, it must be at least
50 mm (2 in.) wide and must have a breaking strength of at least 3.4 kN
(750 lb.) for apparatus of under 25 persons capacity, and 6.7 kN (1,500
lb.) for apparatus of 25 persons capacity and higher.
[[Page 33]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.000
[[Page 34]]
(j) Buoyant apparatus must have a fitting with an inside diameter of
at least 50 mm (2 in.) for the attachment of a painter.
(k) Each edge and exposed corner must be well rounded. Buoyant
apparatus with a rectangular cross-section must have corners rounded to
a radius of at least 75 mm (3 in.).
(l) Buoyant apparatus must not have any evident defects in
workmanship.
(m) Each metal part of a buoyant apparatus must be--
(1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
(2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact
with it.
(n) The color of the buoyant apparatus must be primarily vivid
reddish orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names
Dictionary.''
(o) When fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic is used in the
construction of a buoyant apparatus, each cut edge of laminate must be
protected from entry of moisture by resin putty or an equivalent method.
(p) Each buoyant apparatus must have Type II retroreflective
material meeting subpart 164.018 of this chapter on each side and end.
The material must be in strips at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide extending
from top to bottom over the side or end and continuing over the top and
bottom surfaces of the apparatus. For peripheral body apparatus, each
strip must extend completely over the top and bottom surface of the
body. For box type apparatus, the strip must extend at least 300 mm (12
in.) inboard from the edge over the top and bottom surface. Each strip
must be positioned near the center of the side or end, but so that it is
not obscured by any strap. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure
160.010-3(p).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.001
Sec. 160.010-4 Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy.
(a) Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy must have a plastic
foam body with an external protective covering. The body may be
reinforced as necessary to meet the tests in Sec. 160.010-7.
(b) Plastic foam used in the construction of buoyant apparatus must
be a unicellular type accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting one
of the following:
(1) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter.
(2) MIL-P-19644.
(3) MIL-P-21929.
(4) MIL-P-40619.
(c) The external protective covering must be--
(1) Fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic, constructed of a polyester
resin listed on the current Qualified Products List for MIL-P-21607, or
accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting MIL-P-21607;
(2) Elastomeric vinyl accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting
Sec. 160.055-3(j) of this chapter; or
(3) Any other material accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as
providing equivalent protection for the body of the apparatus.
[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
[[Page 35]]
Sec. 160.010-6 Capacity of buoyant apparatus.
(a) The number of persons for which a buoyant apparatus is approved
must be the lowest number determined by the following methods:
(1) Final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus in Newtons after the
watertight integrity test as described in Sec. 160.010-7(e) and (f),
divided by 145 (divided by 32 if buoyancy is measured in pounds). The
divisor must be changed to 180 (40 if buoyancy is measured in pounds) if
the apparatus is designed so that persons supported are only partially
immersed or where facilities are provided for climbing on top of the
apparatus.
(2) Number of 300 mm (1 ft.) increments in the outside perimeter of
the buoyant apparatus. The inside edge of peripheral-body type buoyant
apparatus is not considered in determining the capacity.
Sec. 160.010-7 Methods of sampling, inspections and tests.
(a) General. Production tests must be conducted under the procedures
in subpart 159.007 of this chapter. An inspector from the independent
laboratory must inspect the place of manufacture, observe the various
operations involved in the construction process and determine that
buoyant apparatus are made in accordance with this subpart and of
materials and parts conforming strictly with the plans and
specifications submitted by the manufacturer and approved by the
Commandant (G-MSE).
(b) Sampling of production lots. A production lot must consist of
not more than 300 buoyant apparatus of the same design and capacity
manufactured by one factory. Samples for production tests must be
selected at random from each lot. The required sample size for various
lot sizes is given in Table 160.010-7(b).
Table 160.010-7(b)--Sample Size for Various Lot Sizes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sample
Lot size size
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 to 30....................................................... 1
31 to 60...................................................... 2
61 to 90...................................................... 3
91 to 300..................................................... 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Testing of sample buoyant apparatus from production lots. Each
sample buoyant apparatus selected for test from a production lot must be
subjected to the tests described in paragraphs (d) through (g) of this
section. The stability test in paragraph (h) must be performed whenever
a question of stability arises.
(d) Strength tests. The buoyant apparatus tested for approval must
be subjected to the drop test. Buoyant apparatus tested for production
lot inspections must also be subjected to the drop test except that in
the case of peripheral body type apparatus, the beam loading test may be
substituted.
(1) Drop test. Drop the complete sample buoyant apparatus into still
water from a height of 18 m (60 ft.) twice, once flat and once endwise.
There must be no damage that would render the apparatus unserviceable.
(2) Beam loading test. The buoyant apparatus must be stood on edge
on one of its longer sides. A wood block 600 mm (24 in.) long and wide
enough to cover the body of the apparatus must be centered on the top
edge of the apparatus. A loading beam must be set at right angles to the
float at a height so that the beam is in a horizontal position with its
center on the center of the wood block. The loading beam must be hinged
at one end and a load applied at the other end at a uniform rate of 225
kg (500 lb.) per minute until the load at the end of the beam as shown
on Table 160.010-7(d)(2) is reached. The beam is then held stationary
for 10 minutes. The device used to apply the load must be a chain fall,
hydraulic cylinder or other device that allows the device to unload as
the strain on the buoyant apparatus relieves. At the end of the 10
minute period, the drop in the load on the device must not exceed the
maximum permissible drop shown in Table 160.010-7(d)(2). If the buoyant
apparatus is not one of the sizes listed in the table, the loads must be
determined by linear interpolation.
Note: Because of the lever ratio of the beam loading apparatus
described here, the actual loads applied to the apparatus are twice the
loads shown in the Table.
[[Page 36]]
Table 160.010-7(d)(2).--Beam Loading Test
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum
Test load permissible
Size of buoyant apparatus (persons) (kg (lb.)) drop (kg
(lb.))
------------------------------------------------------------------------
60........................................... 2,400
(5,280) 120 (264)
40........................................... 1,800
(3,960) 90 (198)
25........................................... 1,500
(3,300) 75 (165)
15........................................... 1,200
(2,640) 60 (132)
10........................................... 900 (1,980) 45 (100)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Buoyancy test. Known weights are loaded on the sample buoyant
apparatus until it is awash. The buoyancy is the downward force exerted
by the weights loaded on the apparatus. A raised platform of known
weight having two runners on edge spaced so as to bear on the apparatus
may be used to support the weights out of water to avoid the necessity
for making allowances for the displacement of submerged weights. This
test is not a required production test if the manufacturer--
(1) Uses the same plastic buoyancy foam used in previous production
lots,
(2) Determines that the density of each batch of foam used is within
a range specified on the approved plans, and
(3) Closely controls the amount of foam used in each apparatus.
(f) Watertight integrity test. The buoyant apparatus is submerged
for 24 hours at a depth of 3 m (10 ft.) or equivalent water pressure.
The final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus is determined in accordance
with paragraph (e) of this section. The final buoyancy must be at least
145 N (32 lb.) per person capacity of the buouyant apparatus or 180 N
(40 lb.) per person capacity if the apparatus is designed so that
persons supported are only partially immersed or if facilities are
provided for climbing on top of the apparatus. The loss of buoyancy must
not exceed 5 percent of the initial buoyancy. This test is not a
required production test if the manufacturer uses the plastic buoyancy
foam controls permitted as an alternative to the buoyancy test in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(g) Painter attachment strength test. The apparatus must be
positioned with its painter attachment fitting at the lowest point of
the apparatus, directly below the center of buoyancy. The apparatus must
be suspended in this position from the highest side. A load equal to
twice the buoyancy of the apparatus must be suspended from the painter
attachment fitting for 10 minutes. The fitting must remain firmly
attached to the buoyant apparatus and the apparatus must not sustain any
visible damage.
(h) Stability test. With the sample buoyant apparatus floating in
water, a weight of 22.5 kg of iron per meter of length (15 lb. per foot)
must be suspended in the water from the life lines along one of the
longer edges. The same test must be performed along one of the shorter
edges. The minimum weight along any one edge must be 27 kg (60 lb.). The
buoyant apparatus must neither capsize nor become partially awash under
either of these tests.
(i) Weight test. One buoyant apparatus of the lot submitted for
approval must be weighed. The weight of the complete buoyant apparatus
must be within the limit required in Sec. 160.010-3(d).
(j) Lot acceptance or rejection. Inability of a sample buoyant
apparatus to pass any one or more of the tests required in this section
causes rejection of the lot. Each buoyant apparatus in a rejected lot
must be reworked by the manufacturer to correct the defects found before
the lot is resubmitted for inspection and testing.
[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.010-8 Nameplate and marking.
(a) A substantial nameplate must be permanently attached to each
buoyant apparatus. The nameplate must contain the name of the
manufacturer, lot designation or serial number, approval number,
dimensions, and number of persons capacity. Space must be provided for
the date, and the identification of the independent laboratory.
(b) The nameplates of buoyant apparatus accepted must be marked with
the identification of the independent laboratory and the date.
Sec. 160.010-9 Procedure for approval.
(a) A buoyant apparatus is approved by the Coast Guard under the
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
[[Page 37]]
(b) The test required for approval are those in Sec. 160.010-7, and
must be performed on the first production lot of buoyant apparatus
produced by the manufacturer.
Sec. 160.010-10 Independent laboratory.
(a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be
conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under
subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
Subparts 160.011-160.012--[Reserved]
Subpart 160.013--Hatchets (Lifeboat and Liferaft) for Merchant Vessels
Sec. 160.013-1 Applicable specification and plan.
(a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in
effect on the date hatchets are manufactured, forms a part of this
subpart:
(1) Federal Specification:
GGG-A-926--Axes.
(b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date
hatchets are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
(1) Dwg. No. 160.013-1 (b)--Hatchet (Lifeboat and Life Raft).
(c) Copy on file. A copy of the specification and plan referred to
in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with
the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a
period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after
termination of approval. The Federal specification may be purchased from
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration,
Washington, DC, 20407. The Coast Guard plan may be obtained upon request
from the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR
5758, June 28, 1961; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070,
53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]
Sec. 160.013-2 Type and size.
(a) Type. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be Type I, Class
I, Design D or E, as described in Federal Specification GGG-A-926, but
other hatchets equal in strength and construction will be given special
consideration.
(b) Size. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be of one size,
and the dimensions shall be approximately in conformance with Drawing
No. 160.013-1(b).
[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR
5759, June 28, 1961]
Sec. 160.013-3 Materials, workmanship, and construction details.
(a) General. All materials, workmanship, and construction details
shall be in substantial compliance with the provisions of Federal
Specification GGG-A-926, except as provided for in this subpart.
(b) Handle. A \1/2\-inch diameter hole shall be bored in the hatchet
handle in the approximate location shown on DWG No. 160.013-1(b), and
the edges of the hole on both sides of the handle shall be rounded off
to remove rough edges.
(c) Lanyard. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be provided
with a lanyard of \1/4\-inch diameter, 3-strand rope-laid line not less
than 6 feet in length. Lanyards shall be cotton, jute, or other suitable
material. The lanyard shall be attached to the hatchet by threading one
end through the hole in the hatchet handle and securing the rope end by
splicing or by a bowline or other suitable knot.
(d) Sheath. No sheaths are to be provided for hatchets specified by
this subpart.
[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR
5759, June 28, 1961]
Sec. 160.013-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) General. Hatchets specified by this subpart are not inspected at
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the Commander of the
Coast Guard District in which hatchets are manufactured may detail an
inspector at any time to visit places where hatchets are manufactured to
check materials and construction methods and to conduct such tests and
examinations as may be required to satisfy himself that hatchets are
being manufactured in compliance with the requirements of
[[Page 38]]
this specification and are suitable for the intended purpose. The
manufacturer shall admit the inspector to his plant and shall provide a
suitable place and the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector
in conducting tests at the place of manufacture.
[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950]
Sec. 160.013-5 Marking.
(a) General. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be stamped or
otherwise permanently marked in a legible manner on the side of the head
with the manufacturer's name or with a trade mark of such known
character that the source of manufacture may be readily determined, and
with the manufacturer's type or size designation.
[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950]
Sec. 160.013-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Hatchets are approved only by the Commandant, United
States Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 20226. Correspondence relating to
the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located.
(b) Pre-approval sample and plans. Manufacturers who desire to
manufacture approved hatchets shall submit to the Commander of the Coast
Guard District in which the factory is located one sample hatchet,
together with four copies of fully-dimensioned descriptive drawings
showing all materials, finishes, etc., for the hatchet. The Commander of
the Coast Guard District will forward the sample hatchet and the
drawings to the Commandant to determine compliance with this subpart and
suitability of the hatchet for type or brand approval for use in
lifeboats and life rafts on merchant vessels.
[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10898, Aug. 21, 1965]
Subpart 160.015--Lifeboat Winches for Merchant Vessels
Sec. 160.015-1 Applicable regulations.
(a) Regulations. The following regulations of the issue in effect on
the date lifeboat winches are manufactured, form a part of this subpart.
(1) Coast Guard regulations; Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-
259 (46 CFR (subchapter J) parts 110 to 113, inclusive of this chapter).
(2) Coast Guard regulations; Marine Engineering Regulations (46 CFR
subchapter F, parts 50 to 63, inclusive in this chapter).
(b) Copies on file. A copy of the regulations referred to in this
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the
approved plans, material affidavits, and the certificate of approval.
[CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 6883, Sept. 6, 1958, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17038, Aug. 24, 1972]
Sec. 160.015-2 General requirements for lifeboat winches.
(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction
of lifeboat winches. Lifeboat winches approved and in use prior to the
regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in
satisfactory condition.
(b) Lifeboat winches for use with gravity davits shall have grooved
drums of such size that there will be only one wrap of wire on the drum.
Lifeboat winches for use with mechanical davits need not be grooved and
may be designed to take more than one wrap.
(c) Lifeboat winches shall be designed to lower under the force of
gravity alone. There shall be no provisions for power lowering. A
suitable hand wheel shall be attached to the winch to overhaul the falls
in addition to any hand cranks provided.
(d) If the lifeboat winch is to be used in conjunction with nested
lifeboats where the same falls are used for both boats, suitable means
shall be provided for rapidly retrieving the falls by hand power.
(e) The installation of lifeboat winches shall be such that the
fleet angle for grooved drums does not exceed 8 degrees, and for
nongrooved drums does not exceed 4 degrees.
(f) Suitable hand cranks shall be provided for hoisting in addition
to any other means for hoisting.
[[Page 39]]
(g) Suitable fabric covers shall be provided, so fitted over exposed
mechanisms that ice formations may be readily broken adrift when
necessary to operate the winch.
(h) Falls shall not lead past any position that may be needed for
the operation of the winch, such as hand cranks, pay-out wheels, brake
levers, etc.
(i) Where falls lead along a deck they shall be suitably covered and
so arranged that the top of the cover does not exceed 12 inches above
the deck.
(j) Lifeboat winches shall be so designed that when located aboard
merchant vessels the operator can observe the movement of the lifeboat
during the lowering operation.
(k) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the
working load is the maximum load in pounds applied to the winch for
which approval is desired.
(k-1) The exterior of a winch shall be designed to minimize such
crevices, pockets, and inaccessible areas that when corroded would
require disassembly of the winch for their scaling and painting.
(l) The requirements of this subpart shall be complied with unless
other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, strength,
equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the Commandant.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5111, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 58-31, 23 FR
6883, Sept. 6, 1958; CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 17038, Aug. 24, 1972]
Sec. 160.015-3 Construction of lifeboat winches.
(a) Lifeboat winches shall be of such strength that the lifeboat may
be lowered safely with its full complement of persons and equipment.
Additionally, a lifeboat winch used in hoisting an emergency lifeboat of
a passenger vessel shall be capable of meeting the test specified in
Sec. 160.015-5(b)(9). A minimum factor of safety of six on the ultimate
strength of the material shall be maintained at all times based on the
approved working load.
(b) Worm gears, spur gears, or a combination of both, may be used in
the construction of lifeboat winches. All gears shall be machine cut and
made of steel, bronze, or other suitable material properly keyed to
shafts. The use of cast iron is not permitted for these parts.
(c) Screws, nuts, bolts, pins, keys, etc., securing moving parts
shall be fitted with suitable lock washers, cotter pins, or locks to
prevent them from coming adrift.
(d) Drums shall be so arranged as to keep the falls separate, and to
pay out the falls at the same rate. Clutches between the drums shall not
be permitted unless bolted locking devices are used.
(e) The diameter of the drums shall be at least 16 times the
diameter of the falls.
(f) A weighted lever hand brake shall be used to control the
lowering by the lifeboat winch. It shall be of a type which is normally
in the ``on'' position unless manually held in the ``off'' position, and
shall return to the ``on'' position as soon as the brake lever is
released.
(g) In addition to the hand brake, a governor type brake shall be
fitted so as to control the speed of lowering of the lifeboat in
accordance with Sec. 160.015-5(b)(4) and (5).
(h) Positive means of lubrication shall be provided for all
bearings. When worm gears are used the worm wheel shall operate in an
oil bath. Means shall be provided so that the oil level in the gear case
may be easily checked. The manufacturer shall furnish a lubrication
chart for each winch together with a plate attached to the winch
indicating the lubricant recommended for extremes in temperature.
(i) When lifeboat winches are fitted with power for hoisting, a
suitable clutch shall be fitted to disengage the power installation
during the lowering operation. In addition, the air or electric power
outlet for a portable power unit shall be located adjacent to the winch
where the unit is to be coupled. This power outlet shall be
interconnected with and protected by the same system of safety devices
as required for winches with built-in-motors.
(j) Where power-driven lifeboat winches are used, including those
driven by portable power units, such as air or electric drills, positive
means shall be provided for controlling the power to the lifeboat winch.
This shall be so
[[Page 40]]
arranged that the operator must hold the master switch or controller in
the ``on'' or ``hoist'' position for hoisting, and when released will
immediately shut off the power.
(k) Limit switch and emergency disconnect switch requirements:
(1) A main line emergency disconnect switch shall be provided, the
opening of which will disconnect all electrical potential to the
lifeboat winch. This switch shall be located in a position accessible to
the person in charge of the boat stowage, and for gravity davit
installations, shall be in a position from which the movement of both
davit arms can be observed as they approach the final stowed position.
(2) Where power driven winches are used with gravity davits, two
limit switches, one for each davit arm, shall be provided to limit the
travel of the davit arms as they approach the final stowed position.
These switches shall be connected in series, they may be connected in
either the control or the power circuit, and they shall be so arranged
that the opening of either switch will disconnect all electrical
potential of the circuit in which the switches are connected. These
switches shall be arranged to stop the travel of the davit arms not less
than 12 inches from their final stowed position and they shall remain
open until the davit arms move outboard beyond the tripping position of
the switches.
(3) Other arrangements equivalent in design and safety will be given
special consideration.
(l) Where power driven winches are used, satisfactory means shall be
provided to disconnect power to the winch before a hand crank can be
engaged with the winch operating shaft, and this interruption of power
shall be maintained while the hand crank is so engaged. Mechanical means
for accomplishing the above, such as throw-out couplings on the sockets
of the hand cranks, will be given special consideration.
(m) Motors, switches, controls, cables, etc., shall be of the
waterproof type if installed on an open deck. Controls may be of the
dripproof type if installed in a deck house or under deck. Installations
shall be in accordance with subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of
this chapter (Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259).
(n) All moving parts shall have suitable guards.
(o) Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders certified
by the U. S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy
Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
(p) Inspection openings shall be provided in the winch housing or
the housing itself shall be so arranged as to permit examination of the
internal working parts.
(q) Motor clutches, when used, shall be of either frictional or
positive engaging type. When one motor is used for two winches, the
clutch shall be so arranged that only one winch shall be engaged at any
one time. The clutch operating lever shall be capable of remaining in
any position when subject to vibration and shall be so arranged that
when in neutral position, both lifeboats may be lowered simultaneously.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5111, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 51-20, 16 FR
5443, June 8, 1951; CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 6883, Sept. 6, 1958; CGFR 65-9, 30
FR 11465, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD
73-103R, 39 FR 11273, Mar. 27, 1974]
Sec. 160.015-4 Capacity of lifeboat winches.
(a) A lifeboat winch shall be approved for a working load after it
has been demonstrated by detailed calculations that this working load
can be carried with a minimum factor of safety of six based on the
ultimate strengths of the materials. It will also be necessary to
conduct the tests specified in Sec. 160.015-5
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5111, Aug. 17, 1949]
Sec. 160.015-5 Inspection and testing of lifeboat winches.
(a) Material testing. (1) The manufacturer shall furnish affidavits
relative to the physical and chemical properties of the materials. Such
affidavits shall be furnished by the foundry or mill supplying the
material.
(b) Factory test for initial approval. (1) Lifeboat winches shall be
tested for strength and operation at a place chosen by the manufacturer
of the winch
[[Page 41]]
in the presence of an inspector. The lifeboat winch under test shall be
set up similar to the intended shipboard installation. In the case of a
lifeboat winch with nongrooved drums, the drums shall be built up or
sufficiently filled with wire to simulate the maximum number of wraps
for which the winch is to be approved. The tests to be conducted are as
noted in paragraphs (b)(2) to (8) of this section. The limiting values
of velocities and the 2 foot braking distance set forth in the following
paragraphs of this section are the values to be actually achieved with
the specific arrangement of falls contemplated for the shipboard
installation. If a different arrangement of falls is used to facilitate
testing, due consideration shall be given to the use of limiting
velocities, braking distances, and test weights which will be equivalent
to the test performed with an arrangement of falls identical to that
used for the shipboard installation.
(2) A pull of 2.2 times the working load, equally divided between
drums, shall be applied in a direction similar to a shipboard
installation. The test weight producing this load shall be dropped
through a distance of not less than 15 feet, at which time this weight
shall be stopped within a distance of 2 feet by action of the
counterweight alone on the hand brake.
(3) A test identical to that noted in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section shall be conducted after the braking surfaces have been
thoroughly wetted. The test weight shall be stopped by the action of the
counterweight alone within a distance of 6 feet. The test need only be
applied to lifeboat winches having external brakes.
(4) With a pull equal to the working load, it shall be determined
that the governor brake will limit the speed of lowering of the test
weight to a maximum of 120 feet per minute, except that, in the case of
winches designed for use with emergency lifeboats aboard passenger
vessels, the speed of lowering shall not exceed 160 feet per minute.
(5) With a pull equal to 0.3 times the working load, it shall be
determined that the winch will lower the test weight at not less than 40
feet per minute, except that, in the case of winches designed for use
with emergency lifeboats aboard passenger vessels, the speed of lowering
shall not be less than 60 feet per minute.
(6) With a pull equal to the working load, the test weight shall be
lowered and raised a sufficient number of times so that the combined
lowering distance is not less than 500 feet. This test is to determine
the efficiency of the lifeboat winch for prolonged service.
(7) With a pull equal to 0.5 times the working load, it shall be
demonstrated that the lifeboat winch can be hand operated by hoisting
the test weight without undue effort. For gravity davits, it shall be
demonstrated that this test weight can be carried easily from a point at
which the traveling blocks of the falls are 1 foot below their outboard,
two-blocked position, and then up and around the bend of the trackways
to the stowed position of the lifeboat.
(8) Where a quick return mechanism is installed it shall be
demonstrated that a weight equal to 2.2 times the weight of the empty
blocks can be handily retrieved through the regular reeving of the falls
at a rate of not less than 40 feet per minute at the drum by one man.
(9) The following test applies to a lifeboat winch used for hoisting
an emergency lifeboat of a passenger vessel. With a weight equal to the
weight of the emergency lifeboat and its full complement of persons and
equipment, it shall be demonstrated that the weight can be hoisted
through the regular reeving of the falls at a rate of not less than 20
feet per minute, to the embarkation position.
(10) After the tests noted in paragraphs (b)(2) to (9) of this
section have been conducted, the winch shall be completely disassembled
and the marine inspector shall ascertain that no undue stress or wear
has been incurred.
(c) Factory testing after approval. (1) After a design of a lifeboat
winch has been approved, subsequent winches of the same design shall be
individually tested as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(2) Each lifeboat winch shall be set up in a manner similar to that
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. With a pull equal to 1.1
times the
[[Page 42]]
working load, the test weight shall be dropped through a distance of not
less than 15 feet, at which time the load shall be stopped by the action
of the counterweight alone. This test is to demonstrate the operation of
the winch, and if satisfactory, no further test need be required.
However, if the inspector is not satisfied with the operation of the
winch, a complete test as noted in paragraph (b) of this section may be
required.
(d) Name plate. (1) A corrosion resistant name plate shall be
affixed to each lifeboat winch on which shall be stamped the name of the
manufacturer, approval number, maximum working load in pounds pull at
the drums, maximum working load in pounds pull per fall type and serial
number, together with the Marine Inspection Office identification
letters, the date, and the letters U.S.C.G.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 58-31, 23 FR
6883, Sept. 6, 1958; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11465, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-133R,
37 FR 17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]
Sec. 160.015-6 Procedure for approval of lifeboat winches.
(a) Before action is taken on any design of lifeboat winch, detail
plans covering fully the arrangement and construction of the lifeboat
winch, a complete bill of material setting forth the physical properties
of the materials used, and strength calculations, shall be submitted to
the Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District having
jurisdiction over the construction of the lifeboat winch.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are
satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the
lifeboat winch is to be built, shall be notified in writing when
fabrication is to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise
the construction in accordance with the plans and upon completion,
conduct the tests required by Sec. 160.015-5.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the
manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the
plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections,
changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during
construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set
of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings, material affidavits, and
satisfactory test report, the Commandant will issue a certificate of
approval. No change shall be made in the design or construction without
first receiving permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the
Coast Guard District in which the lifeboat winch is built.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 58-31, 23 FR
6884, Sept. 6, 1958]
Subpart 160.016--Lamps, Safety, Flame, for Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 160.016-1 Applicable specification.
(a) The following specification of the issue in effect on the date
flame safety lamps are manufactured forms a part of this subpart:
(1) Military specification:
MIL-L-1204, Lamps, Safety, Flame.
(b) A copy of the above specification shall be kept on file by the
manufacturer together with the approved plan and certificate of approval
issued by the Coast Guard.
Sec. 160.016-2 Requirements.
(a) Flame safety lamps for use on merchant vessels shall comply with
the construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204.
Sec. 160.016-3 Inspections and tests.
(a) Flame safety lamps are not inspected at regularly scheduled
factory inspections, but the Commander of the Coast Guard District in
which the factory is located may detail an inspector at any time to
visit any place where approved flame safety lamps are being manufactured
to satisfy himself that they are being made in accordance with the
requirements of this subpart.
[[Page 43]]
Sec. 160.016-4 Marking.
(a) Flame safety lamps shall be permanently and legibly marked with
the name and address of the manufacturer and the type or model
designation for the lamp.
Sec. 160.016-5 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Flame safety lamps are approved for use on merchant
vessels only by the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington,
DC 20226. Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which such devices are manufactured.
(b) Pre-approval sample and plan. In order to apply for approval of
a flame safety lamp for use on merchant vessels, submit one complete
sample, together with four copies of an arrangement plan (parts drawings
are not required), together with a statement that the lamp meets the
construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204, as
amended, to the Commander of the Coast Guard District who will forward
same to the Commandant for determination as to its suitability for use
on merchant vessels.
Subpart 160.017--Chain Ladder
Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63286, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 160.017-1 Scope.
(a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production
tests for chain ladders used on a merchant vessel to get on and off the
vessel in an emergency.
(b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a chain ladder
designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.
Sec. 160.017-7 Independent laboratory.
The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted
by or under the supervision of an independent laboratory accepted by the
Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
Sec. 160.017-9 Approval procedure.
(a) General. A chain ladder is approved by the Coast Guard under the
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
(b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in
accordance with Sec. 160.017-21.
(c) Approval of alternatives. A chain ladder that does not meet the
materials, construction, or performance requirements of this subpart may
be approved if the application and any approval tests prescribed by the
Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval tests required by
this subpart, show that the alternative materials, construction, or
performance is at least as effective as that specified by the
requirements of this subpart. The Commandant may also prescribe
different production tests if the tests required by this subpart are not
appropriate for the alternative ladder configuration.
Sec. 160.017-11 Materials.
(a) Suspension members. Each suspension member of a chain ladder
must be a continuous length of non-kinking chain, such as single loop
lock link coil chain, with a minimum breaking strength of at least 16 kN
(3,560 lbs.).
(b) Metal parts. Each metal part of a ladder must be made of
corrosion-resistant metal or of steel galvanized by the hot dip process
after the part is formed. If the ends of galvanized fasteners are peened
over to lock them in place, a corrosion resisting surface treatment must
be applied to each peened surface.
(c) Wooden parts. Each wooden part of a ladder must be made of
hardwood that is free of defects affecting its strength or durability.
(d) Wood preservative. After each wooden part is formed and
finished, it must be treated with water-repellant wood preservative that
is properly applied.
(e) Lashing rings. The inside diameter of each lashing ring must be
at least 75 mm (3 in.). Each lashing ring must have a minimum breaking
strength of at least 16 kN (3,560 lbs.).
[[Page 44]]
Sec. 160.017-13 Construction.
(a) General. Each chain ladder must have two suspension members.
Each step in the ladder must be supported at each end by a suspension
member.
(b) Suspension member. The distance between the two suspension
members must be at least 400 mm (16 in.), but not more than 480 mm (19
in.). The chain between each top lashing ring and the first step must be
long enough so that the distance between the center of the lashing ring
and the top of the first step is approximately 600 mm (24 in.).
(c) Lashing rings. A lashing ring must be securely attached to the
top and bottom of each suspension member. The means of attachment must
be at least as strong as the chain and the lashing ring.
(d) Thimble or wear plate. A thimble or wear plate must be attached
to the chain where it can slide on its connections to the lashing rings.
(e) Steps. Each step of a ladder must have two rungs arranged to
provide a suitable handhold and stepping surface. The distance between
steps must be uniform. This distance must be between 300 mm (12 in.) and
380 mm (15 in.).
(f) Rungs. Step rungs must meet the following requirements:
(1) Each rung must be wooden, or a material of equivalent strength,
durability, handhold, and step surface characteristics.
(2) In order to provide a suitable handhold and step surface, the
width of each rung must be at least 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) and the thickness
must be at least 25 mm (1 in.), but not more than 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.).
(3) The distance between the rungs in each step must be uniform.
This distance must be between 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) and 65 mm (2\1/2\ in.).
(4) Each rung must be attached to a spacer ear by a method that
prevents the rung from rotating and that supports it in a horizontal
position when the ladder is hung vertically.
(g) Spacer ears. Spacer ears must meet the following requirements:
(1) All spacer ears on a ladder must be the same size and shape.
(2) The top and bottom of each spacer ear must be attached to a
suspension member.
(3) The top point of attachment must be at least 100 mm (4 in.)
above the top surfaces of the rungs attached to the spacer ear.
(4) Each spacer ear made of sheet metal must have features such as
formed ribs, rolled flange edges, and stress relief holes at the ends of
cuts, to prevent the ear from bending or tearing.
(h) Fasteners. Each fastening device must have a means to prevent
the device from loosening.
(i) Workmanship. A ladder must not have splinters, burrs, sharp
edges, corners, projections, or other defects that could injure a person
using the ladder.
Sec. 160.017-15 Performance.
(a) Each chain ladder must be capable of being rolled up for
storage.
(b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and
hang vertically.
Sec. 160.17-17 Strength.
(a) Each chain ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in
Sec. 160.17-21.
Sec. 160.017-21 Approval tests.
(a) General. Each approval test must be conducted on a ladder of the
longest length for which approval has been requested. If a ladder fails
one of the tests in this section, the cause of the failure must be
identified and any needed changes made. After a test failure and any
design change, the failed test, and any other previously completed tests
affected by the design change, must be rerun.
(b) Visual examination. Before starting the tests described in this
section, an assembled chain ladder is examined for evidence of
noncompliance with the requirements in Secs. 160.017.11, 160.017-13, and
160.017-15.
(c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
(1) Strength test 1. An assembled ladder is supported so that a
static load, if placed on any of its steps, would exert a force both on
the step and each suspension member. A static load of 315 kg (700 lb.)
is then placed on one step for
[[Page 45]]
at least one minute. The load must be uniformly distributed over a
contact surface that is approximately 100 mm (4 in.) wide. The center of
the contact surface must be at the center of the step. This test is
performed on six different steps. No step may break, crack, or incur any
deformation that remains after the static load is removed. No attachment
between any step and a suspension member may loosen or break during this
test.
(2) Strength test 2. A ladder is suspended vertically to its full
length from its top lashing rings. A static load of 900 kg (2000 lbs.)
is then applied to the bottom lashing rings so that it is distributed
equally between the suspension members. The suspension members, lashing
rings, and spacer ears must not break, incur any elongation or
deformation that remains after the test load is removed, or be damaged
in any other way during this test.
(3) Strength test 3. A rolled-up ladder is attached by its top
lashing rings to anchoring fixtures in a location away from any wall or
structure that would prevent it from falling freely, and where it can
hang to its full length vertically. The ladder when dropped must unroll
freely. When unrolling the ladder, its steps and attachments must not
become cracked, broken, or loosened. Other similar damage making the
ladder unsafe to use must likewise not occur.
Sec. 160.017-25 Marking.
(a) Each chain ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval
must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the
bottom with--
(1) The name of the manufacturer;
(2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
(3) The lot number and date of manufacture; and
(4) The Coast Guard approval number.
Sec. 160.017-27 Production tests and examination.
(a) General. Each ladder manufactured under Coast Guard approval
must be tested in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of
this chapter. Steps that fail testing may not be marked with the Coast
Guard approval number and each assembled ladder that fails testing may
not be sold as Coast Guard approved.
(b) Test 1: Steps. Steps must be separated into lots of 100 steps
or less. One step from each lot must be selected at random and tested as
described in Sec. 106.017-21(c)(1), except that the step may be
supported at the points where it would be attached to suspension members
in an assembled ladder. If the step fails the test, ten more steps must
be selected at random from the lot and tested. If one or more of the ten
steps fails the test, each step in the lot must be tested.
(c) Test 2: Ladders. Assembled ladders must be separated into lots
of 20 ladders or less One ladder must be selected at random from the
ladders in the lot. The ladder selected must be at least 3 m (10 ft.)
long or, if each ladder in the lot is less than 3 m long, a ladder of
the longest length in the lot must be selected. The ladder must be
tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.017-21(c)(2), except that only a 3 m
section of the ladder need be subjected to the static load. If the
ladder fails the test each other ladder in the lot must be tested.
(d) Independent laboratory. Each production test must be conducted
or supervised by an independent laboratory. However, if a test is
performed more than 4 different times per year, laboratory participation
is required only 4 times per year. If the laboratory does not
participate in all tests, the times of laboratory participation must be
as selected by the laboratory. The times selected must provide for
effective monitoring throughout the production schedule.
(e) Visual examination. The visual examination described in
Sec. 160.017-21(b) must be conducted as a part of each production test.
Subpart 160.021--Hand Red Flare Distress Signals
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73060, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
[[Page 46]]
Sec. 160.021-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names,
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, December 1976.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register
Library.
Sec. 160.021-2 Type.
(a) Hand red flare distress signals specified by this subpart shall
be of one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to
which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle
end, the casing being filled with a flare composition and having a
button of ignition material at the top, with a removable cap having a
friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by
pulling a tear strip. The flare is ignited by scraping the friction
striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the
flare. The general arrangement of the flare is shown by Figure No.
160.021-2(a). Alternate arrangements which conform to all the
performance requirements of this specification (and other arrangements
which conform with all performance requirements except candlepower and
burning time, but provide not less than 3,000 candela-minutes with a
minimum of \1/3\ minute burning time) will be given special
consideration.
[[Page 47]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.002
[[Page 48]]
Sec. 160.021-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved
by the Commandant. The color of the tube shall be red. Flare
compositions containing sulphur shall not contain more than 2.6 percent
of potassium chlorate or an equivalent amount of any other chlorate.
Flare compositions containing chlorates in any quantity shall not
contain any ammonium salts.
(b) Workmanship. Hand red flare distress signals shall be of first
class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of manufacture
affecting their appearance or that may affect their serviceability.
Moistureproof coatings shall be applied uniformly and shall be free from
pinholes or other visible defects which would impair their usefulness.
(c) Construction. The casing shall be fitted and secured to the
handle with not less than a 25 mm (1 in.) overlap and shall be attached
to the handle in such a manner that failure of the joint will not occur
during tests, ignition, or operation. The plug shall be securely affixed
in the casing to separate the flare composition from the wooden handle.
The flare composition shall be thoroughly mixed and be uniformly
compressed throughout to preclude variations of density which may
adversely affect uniformity of its burning characteristics. The cap
shall have a lap fit of not less than 25 mm (1 in.) over the end of the
casing and flare composition to entirely and securely protect the
exposed surface of the igniter button and end of flare composition and
casing, and shall have an inner shoulder so constructed that it is
mechanically impossible for the inner surface of the cap to come in
contact with the igniter button. The cap shall be securely attached to
the casing in such manner as to preclude its accidental detachment. The
cap shall be provided on its top with a friction striking material which
shall, by a pull of the tear strip, be entirely exposed for striking the
friction igniter button. The igniter button shall be non-water soluble
or be protected from moisture by a coating of some waterproof substance,
and shall be raised or exposed in such manner as to provide positive
ignition by the friction striker. The igniter button shall be firmly
secured in or on the top of the flare composition; the arrangement shall
be such that the ignition will be transmitted to the flare composition.
The assembled flare, consisting of tear strip, cap, casing, and handle,
shall be sealed and treated to protect the flare from deterioration by
moisture. The protective waterproof coating shall be applied so none
adheres to the friction striking surface. Special consideration will be
given to alternate waterproofing of the signal by means of a water-
resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic
waterproof bag satisfactory to the Commandant.
(d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test
requirements contained in Sec. 160.021-4.
Sec. 160.021-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least
100 signals form which samples must be taken for testing for approval
under Sec. 160.021-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this Chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and
the results of the second test.
(1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000
[[Page 49]]
signals. Lots must be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot
must be started with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any
change in sources of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on
a new production line or on a previously discountinued production line.
(2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals,
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots produced in year is less than four. The inspections and
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
(c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and
tested as follows:
(1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.021-4(c)(1)
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table
160.021-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the
lot is accepted. If the cumulative failure percent falls between the
accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from the
production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The cumulative
failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the previous
samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the signals
tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested and the
tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for the
cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes when
fired or ignited in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the person
firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This procedure
is diagrammed in figure 160.021-4(c)).
(2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as
follows:
(i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
If the signal is protected by alternate waterproofing consisting of a
water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic
waterproof bag, the 24-hour water immersion conditioning will be
conducted while the signal is in the sealed plastic waterproof bag and
will be followed by an additional immersion of the bare signal (i.e.,
after removal from the bag) 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water
for a period of 10 minutes.
(ii) Waterproofing of igniter button. Remove the cap from the test
specimen. Place head of specimen without cap about 25 mm (1 in .) under
the surface
[[Page 50]]
of water for approximately 5 minutes. Remove specimen from the water and
wipe dry.
(iii) Ignition and burning characteristics. Test specimens shall
ignite and burn satisfactorily with uniform intensity when the
directions on the signal are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite
explosively in a manner that might be dangerous to the user or persons
close by. The plug separating the flare composition from the handle
shall in no case allow flame or hot gases to pass through it or between
it and the casing in such manner as might burn the hand while holding
the signal by the handle.
(iv) Burning time. The burning time of a specimen shall be obtained
by stop watch measurements from the time a distinct sustained flame is
emitted until it ceases. Test specimens shall burn in air not less than
2 minutes.
Table 160.021-4(c)(1).--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual Cumulative
Lot size sample Sample sample Accept \1\ Reject \1\
size size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or 8 First................ 8 (\2\) 400
less. Second............... 16 100 500
Third................ 24 200 600
Fourth............... 32 300 700
Fifth................ 40 500 800
Sixth................ 48 700 900
Seventh.............. 56 950 951
281 to 13 First................ 13 0 400
500. Second............... 26 100 600
Third................ 39 300 800
Fourth............... 52 500 1,000
Fifth................ 65 700 1,100
Sixth................ 78 1,000 1,200
Seventh.............. 91 1,350 1,351
501 to 20 First................ 20 0 500
1,200. Second............... 40 300 800
Third................ 60 600 1,000
Fourth............... 80 800 1,300
Fifth................ 100 1,100 1,500
Sixth................ 120 1,400 1,700
Seventh.............. 140 1,850 1,851
1,201 to 32 First................ 32 100 700
3,200. Second............... 64 400 1,000
Third................ 96 800 1,300
Fourth............... 128 1,200 1,700
Fifth................ 160 1,700 2,000
Sixth................ 192 2,100 2,300
Seventh.............. 224 2,550 2,551
More 50 First................ 50 200 900
than Second............... 100 700 1,400
3,201. Third................ 150 1,300 1,900
Fourth............... 200 1,900 2,500
Fifth................ 250 2,500 2,900
Sixth................ 300 3,100 3,300
Seventh.............. 350 3,750 3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.
Table 160.021-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage
Kind of defects of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite........................................ 100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................. 50
c. Nonuniform burning intensity............................. 50
d. Chimneys so as to materially obscure the flame........... 25
e. Fire flashes down between casing and handle so as to
endanger burning the hand.................................. 50
f. Burning time less than 70 pct of specified time.......... 100
g. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of
specified time............................................. 75
h. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of
specified time............................................. 50
i. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of
specified time............................................. 25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
(1) Underwater burning. Condition each sample in accordance with
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it burn
about 5 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a
vertical position with head down. Obtain under water burning time by
stop watch measurement from time of submersion until distinct, sustained
flame emission ceases. The test specimen shall burn under water not less
than 5 seconds when subjected to this test.
[[Page 51]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.003
[[Page 52]]
(2) Bending strength. Place the specimen on supports 15 cm (6 in.)
apart. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the
weight from the supported signal by looping the wire around the signal
approximately equidistant from the two points of support. Let the weight
hang approximately 5 minutes. The test specimen shall not deflect more
than 7 mm (1/4 in.), nor shall the joint between the casing and the
handle fail, when subjected to this test.
(3) Tensile strength. Place the specimen in a chuck firmly holding
it about 13 mm (1/2 in.) below the cap. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77
lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the weight from the supported signal by
looping the wire through a hole bored perpendicular to and through the
axis of the handle. Let the weight hang approximately 5 minutes. The
test specimen shall not show noticeable distortion, nor shall the joint
between the casing and handle fail, when subjected to this test.
(4) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each specimen
tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent
photometric device, while the specimen is supported in a horizontal
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and
recorded at approximately 20 second intervals during the burning of the
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.).
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 25 mm (1 in.)
per minute. The luminous intensity of specimen shall be computed as the
arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous
intensity of a test specimen shall be not less than 500 candela. The
burning time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop watch measurements
from the time distinct, sustained flame is emitted until it ceases. Test
specimens shall burn in air not less than 2 minutes.
(5) Elevated temperature, humidity and storage. Place specimen in a
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C.
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period.
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
(6) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. with not more than
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signals shall not
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
(7) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red
as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm (12'' x
24'') are used. Except for a negligible amount of stray daylight, the
first test plate is illuminated by light from the specimen placed at a
distance of about 1.5 m (5 ft.). The second test plate is illuminated
only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at a color temperature
close to 2,848 deg.K at a distance of about 30 cm (1 ft.). The first
plate is viewed directly, the second through combinations of Lovibond
red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to approximate a
chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a wide
unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45 deg.), it is
possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of the
1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in section 10 of ``The Universal Color
Language'').
(8) Heptane ignition. (i) A metal pan must be used to hold a layer
of water at least 12mm (\1/2\ in.) deep with a layer of technical grade
heptane on top of the water. The pan must be at least 1 m
[[Page 53]]
(39 in.) square with sides extending between 175mm (7 in.) and 200 mm (8
in.) above the surface of the water. The amount of heptane used to form
the layer must be 2.0 liters per square meter of pan area (6.25 fluid
ounces per square foot).
(ii) The test must be conducted in a draft-free location. The
ambient temperature, the temperature of the water, and the temperature
of the heptane must all be between 20 deg. C (68 deg. F) and 25 deg. C
(77 deg. F) at the time of the test.
(iii) The signal under test must be held with the flame end pointing
upward at an angle of approximately 45 deg., 1.2 m (4 ft.) directly
above the center of the pan. The signal must be ignited as soon as the
heptane is observed to spread out over the water in continuous layer.
The signal must be allowed to burn completely, and must remain in
position until is has cooled.
(iv) The heptane must not be ignited by the flare or by material
from the flare.
Caution: Heptane ignites rapidly and burns vigorously. The flare
should be remotely ignited and all personnel should stay clear of the
test pan while the flare is burning and while any part of it remains
hot.
[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73060, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD
80-021, 45 FR 45280, July 3, 1980]
Sec. 160.021-5 Labeling and marking.
(a) Labeling. Each hand red flare distress signal shall bear a label
securely affixed thereto, showing in clear, indelible black lettering on
a red background, the following wording and information:
(Company brand or style designation)
Hand Red Flare Distress Signal
500 Candela--2 Minutes Burning Time
Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted
Directions: Pull tape over top of cap. Remove cap and ignite flare
by rubbing scratch surface on top of cap sharply across igniter button
on head of signal.
Caution: Stand with back to wind and point away from body when
igniting or flare is burning.
Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No.----). Manufactured
by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No.----
(b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
(c) Other marking. (1) There shall be die-stamped, in the side of
the wooden handle in figures not less than 3 mm (C\1/8\ in.) high,
numbers indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54''
indicating June, 1954.
(2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing
carton or box containing hand red flare distress signals, such cartons
or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service
life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep
under cover in a dry place.''
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act.
Sec. 160.021-6 Container.
(a) General. Containers for stowage of hand red flare distress
signals in lifeboats and life rafts on merchant vessels are not required
to have specific approval or to be of special design, but they shall
meet the following test for watertightness when closed, and shall be
capable of being opened and reclosed hand-tight to meet the same
watertightness test. The materials shall be copper, brass, bronze, or
equally corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. The type container
illustrated by Figure Number 160.021-6(a) is recommended for most
purposes.
(b) Watertightness test for containers. Whenever a question arises
as to the watertightness of a container, the following test may be made
to determine whether it is satisfactory in this respect. Open the
container, remove the contents, insert colored blotting paper as a
lining, re-close container as tightly as possible by hand (no wrenches
or special tools permitted), submerge container with top about 30 cm (1
ft.) below the surface of the water for two
[[Page 54]]
hours, remove container from water, wipe off excess moisture on outside,
then open the container and examine the blotting paper and entire
interior for evidence of moisture penetration. If any moisture or water
is evidenced, the container is not satisfactory.
[[Page 55]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.004
[[Page 56]]
(c) Marking of container. Containers shall be embossed or bear a
brass or equivalent corrosion-resistant nameplate, or otherwise be
suitably and permanently marked, to plainly show in letters not less
than 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) high the following wording: ``HAND RED FLARE
DISTRESS SIGNALS''. No additional marking which might cause confusion as
to the contents shall be permitted. The vessel's name ordinarily is
painted or branded on equipment such as this container, and nothing in
this subpart shall be construed as prohibiting same.
Sec. 160.021-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.022--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (5 Minutes)
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73067, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.022-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication
440, December 1976.
(2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report
4792, July 1956.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE),
U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal
Register Library.
[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73067, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7,
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733,
Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.022-2 Type.
(a) Floating orange smoke distress signals, specified by this
subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer
container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke
producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements
which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will
be given special consideration.
Sec. 160.022-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved
by the Commandant. Metal for containers shall be not less than 0.5 mm
(0.020 in.) in thickness. Other dimensions or materials may be
considered upon special request when presented with supporting data.
Igniter systems shall be corrosion-resistant metal. The combustible
material shall be of such nature that it will not deteriorate during
long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, or
both.
(b) Workmanship. Floating orange smoke distress signals shall be of
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their
serviceability.
(c) Construction. The outer container shall be of a size suitable
for its intended use. All sheet metal seams should be hook-jointed and
soldered. The whole container shall be covered with two coats of
waterproof paint or equivalent protection system. The igniter mechanism
shall be simple to operate and provide ignition in most unfavorable
weather. The mechanism shall be protected with a watertight cover having
a finish which is corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. The cover
shall be easily and quickly
[[Page 57]]
removable by hand without the use of tools. If attachment of the cover
is by formed screw threads, it shall be of such construction or material
to prevent rusting or corrosion and will not back off and loosen under
shipboard vibration.
(d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test
requirements contained in Sec. 160.022-4.
Sec. 160.022-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval
under Sec. 160.022-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and
the results of the second test.
(1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started
with:
(i) Any change in construction details,
(ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
(iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a
previously discontinued production line.
(2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals,
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each
reworked lot and the next lot of signals must not be counted for the
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
(c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and
tested as follows:
(1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.022-4(c)(1)
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table
160.022-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having
the highest numerical value is assigned
[[Page 58]]
to that signal. If the sum of all the failure percents (cumulative
failure percent) for the number of units in the sample is less than or
equal to the accept criterion, the lot is accepted. If this sum is equal
to or more than the reject criterion the lot is rejected. If the
cumulative failure percent falls between the accept and reject criteria,
another sample is selected from the production lot and the operational
tests are repeated. The cumulative failure percent of each sample tested
is added to that of the previous samples to obtain the cumulative
failure percent for all the signals tested (cumulative sample size).
Additional samples are tested and the tests repeated until either the
accept or reject criterion for the cumulative sample size is met. If any
signal in the sample explodes when fired or ignited in a way that could
burn or otherwise injure the person firing it, the lot is rejected
without further testing. (This procedure is diagrammed in figure
160.022-4(c).)
(2) Test Procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as
follows:
(i) Conditioning of test specimens--water-resistance. Immerse
specimens horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal
approximately 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period
of 24 hours.
(ii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to the
directions printed on the signal and place signal in tub or barrel of
water. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop
watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained smoke emission
until it ceases. The watch shall be stopped during periods of flame
emission. The smoke emitting time for a specimen shall be not less than
4 minutes.
(iii) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. Test specimens
shall emit smoke at a uniform rate while floating in calm to rough
water. Signals should be so constructed that water submerging the signal
in moderately heavy seas will not cause it to become inoperative.
Table 160.022-4(c)(1).--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual Cumulative
Lot size sample Sample sample Accept \1\ Reject \1\
size size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or 8 First................ 8 (\2\) 400
less. Second............... 16 100 500
Third................ 24 200 600
Fourth............... 32 300 700
Fifth................ 40 500 800
Sixth................ 48 700 900
Seventh.............. 56 950 951
281 to 13 First................ 13 0 400
500. Second............... 26 100 600
Third................ 39 300 800
Fourth............... 52 500 1,000
Fifth................ 65 700 1,100
Sixth................ 78 1,000 1,200
Seventh.............. 91 1,350 1,351
501 to 20 First................ 20 0 500
1,200. Second............... 40 300 800
Third................ 60 600 1,000
Fourth............... 80 800 1,300
Fifth................ 100 1,100 1,500
Sixth................ 120 1,400 1,700
Seventh.............. 140 1,850 1,851
1,201 to 32 First................ 32 100 700
3,200. Second............... 64 400 1,000
Third................ 96 800 1,300
Fourth............... 128 1,200 1,700
Fifth................ 160 1,700 2,000
Sixth................ 192 2,100 2,300
Seventh.............. 224 2,550 2,551
More 50 First................ 50 200 900
than Second............... 100 700 1,400
3,201. Third................ 150 1,300 1,900
Fourth............... 200 1,900 2,500
Fifth................ 250 2,500 2,900
Sixth................ 300 3,100 3,300
Seventh.............. 350 3,750 3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.
Table 160.022-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage
Kind of defects of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite........................................ 100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................. 50
c. Nonuniform smoke emitting rate........................... 50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 pct of specified time... 100
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 pct but less than 30 pct
of specified time.......................................... 75
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct
of specified time.......................................... 50
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct
of specified time.......................................... 25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.005
[[Page 60]]
(d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass the test in order
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
(1) Smoke emission in waves. The signal shall be ignited and thrown
overboard under conditions where the waves are at least 30 cm (1 ft.)
high. The smoke emitting time must be at least 4 minutes and the signal
shall float in such a manner that the signal shall function properly
during this test. Failure to pass this test shall be cause for the lot
to be rejected.
(2) Underwater smoke emission. Condition each sample in accordance
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until distinct,
sustained smoke emission ceases. The test specimen shall emit smoke
underwater not less than 15 seconds when subjected to this test.
(3) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C.
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for ten days. If for any
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity
for 8 hours out of each 24 during 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of
24 hours on and 48 hours off). The signal shall not ignite or decompose
during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
(4) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. with not more than
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
(5) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not
explode or ignite.
(6) Corrosion resistance. Expose the complete specimen with cover
secured hand-tight to a finely divided spray of 20 percent by weight
sodium chloride solution at a temperature between 32 deg. C and 38 deg.
C (90 deg. F and 100 deg. F) for 100 hours. The container and cap must
not be corroded in any fashion that would impair their proper
functioning.
(7) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the
smoke must be orange as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
(8) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less
than 20 percent transmission for not less than 3 minutes when measured
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical
system aperture of +3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m3
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.
Sec. 160.022-5 Marking.
(a) Directions for use. Each floating orange smoke distress signal
shall be plainly and indelibly marked in black lettering not less than 3
mm (\1/8\ in.) high ``Approved for daytime use only'', and in black
lettering not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high with the word
``Directions''. Immediately below shall be similarly marked in black
lettering not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high: ``1. Use Only When
Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted''. Then in numbered paragraphs, in similar
lettering, there shall follow in simply and easily understood wording,
instructions to be followed to make the device operative. Pasted-on
labels are not acceptable.
(b) Other markings. (1) There shall be embossed or die-stamped, in
the outer container in figures not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high,
numbers, indicating the
[[Page 61]]
month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June 1954. The
outer container shall also be plainly and indelibly marked with the
commercial designation of the signal, the words ``Floating Orange Smoke
Distress Signal'', name and address of the manufacturer, the Coast Guard
Approval No., the service life expiration date (month and year to be
entered by the manufacturer), the month and year of manufacture and the
lot number.
(2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing
carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such
cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the
service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the
lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep
under cover in a dry place.''
(c) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act.
Sec. 160.022-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.023--Hand Combination Flare and Smoke Distress Signals
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73070, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.023-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) Military specifications MIL-S-18655 C, 3 May 1971--Signal, Smoke
and Illumination, Marine, Mark 13, Mod 0.
(b) The military specification may be obtained from Customer
Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
Philadelphia, PA. 19120 (tel: (215)697-2000). This specification is also
on file in the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
November 1, 1979.
Sec. 160.023-2 Type.
(a) Hand combination flare and smoke distress signals specified by
this subpart shall be of the type described in specification MIL-S-
18655.
Sec. 160.023-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.
(a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail
requirements shall conform to the requirements of specification MIL-S-
18655, except as otherwise specifically provided by this subpart.
Sec. 160.023-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The approval tests are those tests prescribed
for the preproduction sample in MIL-S-18655. The approval tests must be
conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under
Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and
the results of the second test.
(1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals,
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans.
[[Page 62]]
The manufacturer must select samples from each lot and test them as
specified in the production lot procedures in MIL-S-18655.
(2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots is less than four. The inspections and tests must occur
at least once during each quarterly period, unless no lots are produced
during this period. If less than four lots are produced, the laboratory
must perform or supervise the inspection and testing of each lot. If a
lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
Sec. 160.023-5 Labeling and marking.
(a) Labeling. A label showing firing instructions in accordance with
specification MIL-S-18655, and to include the commercial designation of
the signal, the lot number, Coast Guard approval number, the service
life expiration date (month and year to be inserted by the
manufacturer), and month and year of manufacture, shall be applied in a
neat, workmanlike manner after the paint has become thoroughly dry. The
label shall be attached to the signal and then protected by a
transparent moisture impervious coating.
(b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
(c) Other marking. (1) In addition to any other marking placed on
the smallest packing carton or box containing signals, such cartons or
boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the service life
expiration date, the date of manufacture, and the lot number.
(2) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep
under cover in a dry place.''
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act.
Sec. 160.023-6 Container.
(a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must
be: ``HAND COMBINATION FLARE AND SMOKE DISTRESS SIGNALS.''
Sec. 160.023-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.024--Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73071, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.024-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names,
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, Dictionary 1976.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register
Library.
[[Page 63]]
Sec. 160.024-2 Type.
(a) Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals specified
by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of
a cartridge having centered primer, propelling charge, and projectile
consisting of a case, delay element, expelling charge, and pyrotechnic
candle attached to a parachute by shroud lines; the cartridge to be of
such dimensions that it can be fitted into and fired from a signal
pistol with chamber and bore dimensions within the limits provided by
Figure 160.028-2(a) of subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
Sec. 160.024-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials used in pistol-projected parachute red
flare distress signals shall conform strictly to the specifications and
drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved by the Commandant.
In general, all metallic parts shall be corrosion-resistant or properly
protected against corrosion.
(b) Workmanship. Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress
signals shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from
imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may
affect their serviceability.
(c) Construction. The exterior case of the cartridge shall be made
of suitable metal and shall protect against the entrance of moisture.
The projectile case and delay element shall be so constructed as to
prevent any possibility of the propelling charge blowing by and causing
premature ejection of the projectile contents. The shoulder of the base
of the cartridge shall be between 2.29 mm (0.090 in.) and 2.67 mm (0.015
in.) in thickness. The centered primer shall be set below the surface of
the base between 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) and 0.50 mm (0.020 in.).
(d) Performance. Signals shall meet all of the inspection and test
requirements contained in Sec. 160.024-4.
Sec. 160.024-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval
under Sec. 160.024-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and
the results of the second test.
(1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started
with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in sources
of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new production
line or on a previously discontinued production line.
(2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals,
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and
tests must occur at least once during
[[Page 64]]
each quarterly period, unless no lots are produced during this period.
If less than four lots are produced, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the inspection and testing of each lot. In addition, the
laboratory must perform or supervise the technical tests in paragraph
(d) of this section at least once for every ten lots of signals
produced, except that the number of technical tests must be at least one
but not more than four per year. If a lot of signals tested by the
independent laboratory is rejected, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the inspections and tests of the reworked lot and the next lot
of signals produced. The tests of each reworked lot and the next lot
produced must not be counted for the purpose of meeting the requirement
for the annual number of inspections and tests performed or supervised
by the independent laboratory.
(c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and
tested as follows:
(1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.024-4(c)(1)
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects. (Table
160.024-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance
with the table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes
when fired or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.024-4(c).)
(2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as
follows:
(i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
(ii) Firing and operating characteristics. Signals shall fire and
operate satisfactorily when shot from a pistol of the type described in
subpart 160.028. The parachute and pyrotechnic candle shall be ejected
at approximately the maximum altitude reached by the projectile case.
The parachute shall open and properly suspend the pyrotechnic candle
without fouling. The pyrotechnic candle shall burn with uniform
intensity and without damaging the parachute, shrouds, or leader line.
(iii) Altitude. The altitude reached by a signal is considered to be
the height at which the parachute and pyrotechnic candle are ejected
from the projectile case, as determined by visual observation against an
object of known height, such as a tower or ballon, or by triangulation
from two or more points of observation, or by other method satisfactory
to the Commandant. The altitude reached shall be not less than 45 m (150
ft.).
(iv) Rate of descent. The rate of descent of a signal is considered
to be the calculated average rate obtained by dividing the altitude by
the time of descent to the surface. The rate of descent shall not exceed
1.8 m (6 ft.) per second.
(v) Burning time. The burning time of the pyrotechnic candle shall
be obtained by stop watch measurement from the time distinct, sustained
flame is emitted until it ceases. The burning time shall be not less
than 30 seconds.
[[Page 65]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.006
[[Page 66]]
Table 160.024-4(c)(1)--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Individual Cumulative
Lot size sample Sample sample Accept\1\ Reject\1\
size size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or 8 First................. 8 (\2\) 400
less. Second................ 16 100 500
Third................. 24 200 600
Fourth................ 32 300 700
Fifth................. 40 500 800
Sixth................. 48 700 900
Seventh............... 56 950 951
281 to 13 First................. 13 0 400
500. Second................ 26 100 600
Third................. 39 300 800
Fourth................ 52 500 1,000
Fifth................. 65 700 1,100
Sixth................. 78 1,000 1,200
Seventh............... 91 1,350 1,351
501 to 20 First................. 20 0 500
1,200. Second................ 40 300 800
Third................. 60 600 1,000
Fourth................ 80 800 1,300
Fifth................. 100 1,100 1,500
Sixth................. 120 1,400 1,700
Seventh............... 140 1,850 1,851
1,201 to 32 First................. 32 100 700
3,200. Second................ 64 400 1,000
Third................. 96 800 1,300
Fourth................ 128 1,200 1,700
Fifth................. 160 1,700 2,000
Sixth................. 192 2,100 2,300
Seventh............... 224 2,550 2,551
More 50 First................. 50 200 900
than Second................ 100 700 1,400
3,201. Third................. 150 1,300 1,900
Fourth................ 200 1,900 2,500
Fifth................. 250 2,500 2,900
Sixth................. 300 3,100 3,300
Seventh............... 350 3,750 3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.
Table 160.024-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage
Kind of defect of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to fire (when attributable to the primer and not
to the malfunction of the pistol)......................... 100
b. Failure to eject projectile contents.................... 100
c. Failure to ignite pyrotechnic candle.................... 75
d. Failure of parachute to open completely................. 75
e. Complete carrying away or destruction of parachute...... 75
f. Altitude less than 70 pct of that required.............. 100
g. Altitude at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of that
required.................................................. 75
h. Altitude at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of that
required.................................................. 50
i. Altitude at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of that
required.................................................. 25
j. Average rate of descent greater than 4 times maximum
permitted................................................. 100
k. Average rate of descent less than 4 but greater than 3
times maximum permitted................................... 75
l. Average rate of descent less than 3 but greater than 2
times maximum permitted................................... 50
m. Average rate of descent less than twice but greater than
maximum permitted......................................... 25
n. Burning time less than 70 pct of that required.......... 100
o. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of
that required............................................. 75
p. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of
that required............................................. 50
q. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of
that required............................................. 25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
(1) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each pyrotechnic
candle tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent
photometric device while the specimen is supported in a horizontal
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and
recorded at approximately 5-second intervals during the burning of the
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.).
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 10 cm (4 in.)
per minute. The luminous intensity of the specimen shall be computed as
the arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous
intensity of a specimen shall be not less than 20,000 candela.
(2) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C.
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period.
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall fire and operate
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
(3) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with not more than
10% relative
[[Page 67]]
humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not ignite or
undergo marked decomposition.
(4) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red
as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm (12'' x
24'') are used. Except for a negligible amount of stray daylight, the
first test plate is illuminated by light from the specimen placed at a
distance of about 1.5 cm (5 ft.). The second test plate is illuminated
only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at a color temperature
close to 2,848 deg. K at a distance of about 30 cm (1 ft.). The first
plate is viewed directly, the second through combinations of lovibond
red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to approximate a
chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a wide
unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45 deg.), it is
possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of the
1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in section 10 of ``the Universal Color
Language'').
Sec. 160.024-5 Marking.
(a) Cartridge. Each pistol-projected parachute red flare distress
signal shall be legibly marked as follows:
Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signal
20,000 candela--30 seconds burning time
use only when aircraft or vessel is sighted directions--Fire upward from
signal pistol Service Life Expiration Date (date to be inserted by
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) Lot No.------
Manufactured by (Name and address of manufacturer)
U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVAL NO.------.
(b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
(c) Other marking. (1) On each pistol-projected parachute red flare
distress signal there shall be die-stamped, in figures not less than 3mm
(\1/8\ in.) high, on the cartridge, numbers indicating the month and
year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June 1954.
(2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month
and year of manufacture.
(3) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing
carton or box containing cartridges, each carton or box shall be plainly
and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, the
date of manufacture, and the lot number.
(4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep
under cover in a dry place.''
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act.
Sec. 160.024-6 Container.
(a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the recommended type of container
is illustrated in Figure 160.024-6(a), and the wording on the container
must be Signal Pistol and Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress
Signals.
[[Page 68]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.007
[[Page 69]]
Sec. 160.024-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.026--Water, Emergency Drinking (In Hermetically Sealed
Containers), for Merchant Vessels
Sec. 160.026-1 Applicable specifications and standard.
(a) General. The following specifications and standard, of the issue
in effect on the date emergency drinking water is packed, form a part of
this subpart:
(1) Military specifications:
MIL-L-7178--Lacquer; cellulose nitrate, gloss for aircraft use.
MIL-E-15090--Enamel, equipment, light-gray (Formula No. 111).
MIL-W-15117--Water, drinking, canned, emergency.
(2) U.S. Public Health Service:
Drinking Water Standards (Publication No. 956).
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this
section shall be kept on file by the packer, together with the approved
plans and certificate of approval issued by the Coast Guard. The
military specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer,
Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 19120. The
``Drinking Water Standards'' may be obtained from the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Washington, DC, 20201.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 84-064, 49 FR
34004, Aug. 28, 1984]
Sec. 160.026-2 Type.
(a) Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts and its
hermetically sealed container shall be as specified herein, but
alternate containers will be given special consideration.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]
Sec. 160.026-3 Container.
(a) General. The emergency drinking water container shall be a
sanitary type can, approximately 2\11/16\ in diameter by 4\7/8\'' in
height. The top and bottom of the can shall be double-seamed and
compound-lined. The side seam shall be of a locked type, soldered on the
outside. The can shall be made of 1.25-pound coating coke tin-plate
throughout, with not less than 100-pound plate for the body and 85-pound
plate for the ends.
(b) Interior and exterior coatings. The interior of the container
shall be uncoated, except for the tin-plating required by paragraph (a)
of this section. In addition to the tin-plating, the exterior surfaces
of the container, including the ends, but excluding the side seam, shall
be lithographed a gray enamel conforming to Type I or II, Class 2 of
Specification MIL-E-15090, with the marking as provided by Sec. 160.026-
5 lithographed in black print. After filling, sealing, autoclaving, and
marking, the container shall be dip-coated with one coat of clear base
lacquer conforming to Specification MIL-L-7178.
(c) Plant sanitation, sterilizing and filling. The plant and
equipment in which the water is canned shall be maintained in a clean
and sanitary condition at all times, and standard aseptic procedures
shall be followed throughout in filling the cans. The container shall be
free from all foreign materials, and shall be filled with approximately
10\2/3\ oz. of water meeting the requirements of Sec. 160.026-4. After
filling, it shall be hermetically sealed under vacuum, and after
sealing, it shall be autoclaved at a temperature of not less than
250 deg. F. for not less than 15 minutes.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]
Sec. 160.026-4 Water.
(a) Only water meeting the U.S. Public Health Service ``Drinking
Water Standards'' which has been suitably inhibited to protect the
container against corrosion shall be used. After treatment and packing
the water shall be free from organic matter, sediment and odor. It shall
have a pH between 7.0 and 9.0 as determined by means of a standard pH
meter using glass electrodes.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]
[[Page 70]]
Sec. 160.026-5 Marking.
(a) General. The month and year of packing and the lot number shall
be embossed on the top of the container. The container shall also be
lithographed on one side in accordance with Sec. 160.026-3(b) with the
following:
``U. S. Coast Guard
Approval No. ----''
(Not less than \3/22\'' in height)
``Contents
Approx. 10\2/3\ oz.''
(Not less than \3/32\'' in height)
``EMERGENCY
DRINKING
WATER''
(Not less than \2/3\'' in height)
........................................................................
(Name and address of packer)
(Not less than \1/8\'' in height)
(b) Other marking. In addition to any other marking placed on the
smallest packing carton or box in which emergency drinking water
containers are placed prior to shipment, each carton or box shall be
plainly and permanently marked with the name and address of the packer,
the month and year of packing, and the lot number.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]
Sec. 160.026-6 Sampling, inspection, and tests of production lots.
(a) General. When packing of approved emergency drinking water for
lifeboats and liferafts is to commence, the packer shall notify the
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the plant is located in
sufficient time for him to assign a marine inspector to the plant to
observe production methods, select samples from production, and conduct
the inspections and tests required by this subpart.
(b) Lots. For purposes of sampling the production of approved
emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts, a lot shall
consist of all cans of water to be offered for inspection at one time.
Lots shall be numbered serially by the packer, and a new lot shall be
started with any change or modification in materials or production
methods.
(c) Visual inspection of containers. The marine inspector shall
select at random from each lot the number of sample filled containers
indicated in Table 160.026-6(c), which shall be examined visually for
marking, exterior coating, and general compliance with the requirements
of this subpart and the packer's approved drawings. If the number of
defective cans exceeds the acceptance number shown in the table for the
sample selected, the lot shall be rejected.
Table 160.026-6(c)--Sampling for Visual Inspection of Containers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of
Lot size cans in Acceptance
sample number
------------------------------------------------------------------------
800 and under................................ 35 0
801 to 1,300................................. 50 1
1,301 to 3,200............................... 75 2
3,201 to 8,000............................... 110 3
8,001 and over............................... 150 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Laboratory tests of containers and water. The marine inspector
shall select at random from each lot the number of sets of 11 filled
sample containers indicated in Table 160.026-6(d1), which shall be
forwarded to a recognized testing laboratory for the tests outlined in
Table 160.026-6(d2), all costs of which shall be payable by the packer.
If any sample is found to be non-conforming in any of these tests, the
lot shall be rejected.
Table 160.026-6(d1)--Sampling for Laboratory Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of sets of samples to
Lot size be selected
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3,200 and under......................... 1 set of 11 containers each.
3,201 and over.......................... 2 sets of 11 containers each.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 71]]
Table 160.026-6(d2)--Description of Laboratory Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference
Number of containers per set of specification for
samples to be tested Type of test test procedure to
be followed
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2............................... Internal corrosion MIL-W-15117.
and vacuum.
9............................... Bacteriological MIL-W-15117 and
limits and salt U.S. Public
content. Health ``Drinking
Water
Standards.''
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Packer's tests for retention of vacuum. All filled containers in
the lot shall be held in storage by the packer for a period of two weeks
from the date of filling. At the end of this two weeks storage period,
the packer shall subject each container to slap tests as follows: Strike
the end of the can against a firm but well padded surface to deaden any
noise of impact other than the water slap which will occur if the
required vacuum is present in the can. The water slap is distinguished
by a sharp metallic click and is caused by the absence of air to cushion
the impact of the water against the can. All cans found not to have the
required vacuum shall be removed from the lot.
(f) Additional tests by marine inspector. Upon receiving a certified
copy of the laboratory test report showing satisfactory results in the
tests described in paragraph (d) of this section, and notification from
the packer of completion of the tests for retention of vacuum described
in paragraph (e) for the lot offered for inspection, the marine
inspector shall select at random from the lot the number of filled
sample containers indicated in Table 160.026-6(f). The test for
retention of vacuum previously conducted by the packer shall be repeated
by the inspector with the samples selected, and if any container is
found not to have the required vacuum, the lot shall be rejected. If
satisfactory in tests for retention of vacuum, the sample containers
selected shall then be opened, and the water checked for clearness,
potability and pH value. An accurately calibrated meter for use by the
marine inspector in determining pH value shall be provided by the
packer. If any cloudiness, discoloration, bad taste or odor, or a pH
value of less than 7.0 or more than 9.0 is observed, the lot shall be
rejected.
Table 160.026-6(f)--Sampling for Additional Tests by Marine Inspector
Number of cans in
Lot size sample
500 and under........................................ 5
501 to 3,200......................................... 7
3,201 and over....................................... 10
(g) Lot acceptance. When the marine inspector has satisfied himself
that the emergency drinking water in the lot is of a type officially
approved in the name of the packer and meets the requirements of this
subpart and the packer's approved drawings, the lot shall be accepted,
and each of the smallest packing cartons or boxes in which the
containers are sealed prior to shipment shall be plainly marked with the
words, ``Inspected and Passed (date), Marine Inspection Office
identification letters, USCG.'' When permitted by the inspector,
rejected lots may be resubmitted for official inspection, provided all
containers in the lot have been re-worked by the packer, and all
defective units removed. Emergency drinking water from rejected lots may
not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under
representation as being in compliance with this subpart or as being
approved for use on merchant vessels.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11466, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]
Sec. 160.026-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) General. Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and liferafts on
merchant vessels is approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this Specification
shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the plant is located.
(b) Pre-approval samples and plans. Packers who desire to pack
approved emergency drinking water shall make
[[Page 72]]
application for approval to the Commander of the Coast Guard District
who will detail a marine inspector to the factory to observe production
facilities and manufacturing methods and to select a pre-approval sample
of at least 24 containers made up as for service use, together with four
prints of fully-dimensioned descriptive drawings showing the
construction and arrangement of the container, all materials and
finishes used, marking, source of water supply, and kind and amount of
corrosion inhibitor used. The Commander of the Coast Guard District will
forward the sample containers and drawings to the Commandant to
determine compliance with this specification and suitability of the
emergency drinking water for type or brand approval for use in lifeboats
and life rafts on merchant vessels.
[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7866, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11466, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]
Subpart 160.027--Life Floats for Merchant Vessels
Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41376, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 160.027-2 Type.
(a) Each life float must meet the requirements in subpart 160.010 of
this chapter for a peripheral body type buoyant apparatus designed so
that persons supported are only partially immersed (180 N (40 lb.) of
buoyancy per person required).
Sec. 160.027-3 Additional requirements for life floats.
(a) Each life float must have a platform designed to drop through
the center of the float, whichever way the life float is floating. A
typical arrangement is shown in Figure 160.027-3(a).
(b) The platform must meet the requirements of one of the following
paragraphs:
[[Page 73]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.008
[[Page 74]]
(1) A lattice type platform must be of western red cedar, port
orford cedar, sitka spruce, northern white pine, or southern cypress
slats constructed on an oak frame. The slats must have nominal cross-
section dimensions not less than 90 mm (3\5/8\ in.) by 9.5 mm (\3/8\
in.). The frame members must have nominal cross-section dimensions not
less than 100 mm (4 in.) by 12.5 mm (\1/2\ in.). The space between
adjacent slats must not exceed the width of the slats. The space between
each frame member and the adjacent slat must not exceed twice the width
of the slats. The platform must be riveted together at each intersection
of--
(i) Frame members,
(ii) Slats, and
(iii) Frame members and slats.
(2) A plywood platform must be made of exterior or marine type
plywood with surfaces that are either ``A'' or ``B'' grade as commonly
designated in the plywood industry. Holes 35 mm (1\3/8\ in.) to 50 mm (2
in.) in diameter must be drilled through the platform. The number of
holes must be at least the number equal to (L-25) (W-25)/225, where L is
the length of the platform in cm and W is the width of the platform in
cm. (The formula is (L-10)(W-10)/36 where L and W are measured in
inches.) The thickness of the plywood must be at least--
(i) 12.5 mm (\1/2\ in.) for life floats of 10 persons capacity and
under,
(ii) 16 mm (\5/8\ in.) for life floats between 11 and 25 persons
capacity inclusive, and
(iii) 19 mm (\3/4\ in.) for life floats of 26 persons capacity and
over.
(3) A platform of construction differing from that described in
either (1) or (2) of this paragraph will be approved if it has holes to
permit the passage of water and if it passes the tests in Sec. 160.027-
7. The number of holes must be the same as required for a plywood
platform. If the platform is netting on a frame, the netting must be
constructed of cordage with a breaking strength of at least 1600 N (355
lb.). The netting must be constructed on not more than 5 cm (2 in.)
centers and must be knotted together at each point where the lines
intersect.
(c) Each platform must be of a material that is resistant to
deterioration by exposure to weather or must have a surface that
protects it from deterioration by exposure to weather. For a wood
platform, this surface must be at least two coats of water resistant
spar varnish, or two coats of marine paint.
(d) Each part of the platform, including surfaces, edges, and rivets
must be smooth and must not have cutting edges, points, or splinters
which would be dangerous for bare feet.
(e) The platform must be arranged so that under normal stowed
conditions, it can be retained in the center of the float and can be
readily released from this position for use.
(f) The platform must be suspended from the body of the float by a
net or an equivalent arrangement, which when fully extended, holds the
top of the platform approximately 900 mm (36 in.) below the center of
the float body.
(1) The net must be constructed of cordage with a minimum breaking
strength of 1600 N (355 lb.). The net must be attached to the platform
through holes on centers that do not exceed 165 mm (6\1/2\ in.).
(2) If the platform is suspended from the body of the float by an
arrangement other than a net as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, the arrangement must be of equivalent to the net in terms of
strength, resistance to tangling, and allowing the platform to freely
pass through the center of the life float body.
Sec. 160.027-7 Pre-approval tests for alternate platform designs.
(a) The tests in this section are for life float platforms that do
not meet the requirements of either Sec. 160.027-3(b) (1) or (2).
(b) The float body must be supported so that the platform is
suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement.
The platform must be loaded evenly with a weight equal to 60 percent of
the weight of the total number of persons for which the float is to be
rated, assuming a weight of 75 kg (165 lb.) per person. The weight must
be allowed to remain on the platform for ten minutes after which it is
removed. The supporting arrangement and platform must not show any
evidence of damage or permanent deformation as a result of this test.
[[Page 75]]
(c) The float body must be supported so that the platform is
suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. A
bag of sand, shot or similar granular material weighing 90 kg (200 lb.)
must be dropped onto the center of the platform from a height of 3 m (10
ft.). The supporting arrangement and platform must not show any damage
that would affect the serviceability of the float or platform.
(d) As part of the buoyancy test required in Sec. 160.010-7(e) of
this chapter, the platform must be loaded with weights equal to \1/2\
the rated capacity of the float. There must be no damage to the
supporting arrangement or platform as a result of this test.
Note: Since the weights on the platform will be submerged during
this test, allowance must be made for the displacement of the submerged
weights. The weight required is calculated by the formula W=(18d)/(d-
4895), where W is the required submerged weight per person (in kg) and d
is the density of the material (in kg/m3). (In customary U.S.
units, the formula is W=40d)/(d-63) where W is in lb. and d is in lb./
ft.3).
Subpart 160.028--Signal Pistols for Red Flare Distress Signals
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73078, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.028-2 Type.
(a) Each signal pistol for launching a parachute distress signal
that meets subpart 160.024 of this part must be of the center-firing
type having chamber and bore dimensions within the limits indicated by
Figure No. 160.028-2(a).
(b) A signal pistol for launching an aerial flare not under
paragraph (a) of this section may have any chamber and bore dimensions
if they are not the dimensions for a conventional round of ammunition.
Sec. 160.028-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials used in signal pistols shall conform
strictly to the specifications and drawings submitted by the
manufacturer and approved by the Commandant. In general, all parts shall
be corrosion-resistant or properly protected against corrosion. The
ejection mechanism shall be of material possessing excellent wearing
qualities.
(b) Workmanship. Signal pistols shall be of first class workmanship
and shall be free from imperfections of manufacture affecting their
serviceability or appearance.
(c) Construction and performance requirements. (Pistols intended for
signals meeting Subpart 160.024). Signal pistols shall be of rugged
construction and shall operate satisfactorily in firing and ejecting
pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals of the type
covered by Subpart 160.024. The ejection mechanism shall be of sturdy
design capable of withstanding rough and repeated usage. The overall
size and weight of signal pistols should be kept to a minimum consistent
with adequate strength and safety. When the pistol is cocked and the
trigger is pulled, the firing pin shall project between 1.52 mm and 2.54
mm (0.060 in. and 0.100 in.) beyond the face plate of the frame. When
the barrel is locked in the firing position, the barrel chamber shall be
not more than 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) from the face plate of the frame.
Sec. 160.028-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval test. An independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must test three pistols in
accordance with the operational test in paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each pistol must be conducted under the procedures in
Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Each pistol which passes the production
inspections and tests must be stamped with the letters ``P.T.'' Each
pistol which fails the test must not be represented as meeting this
subpart or as being approved by the Coast Guard.
(1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include the inspection of the pistols
during production, and inspection of the finished pistols, to determine
that the pistols are being produced in accordance with the approved
plans. Each pistol must be tested in accordance with the operational
test in paragraph (c) of this
[[Page 76]]
section, except that checking of the chamber and bore dimensions is not
required.
(2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this Chapter must inspect and test three pistols at least one each year.
The inspection must determine that the pistols are being produced in
accordance with the approved plans. The test must be in accordance with
paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Operational test. The operational test must be conducted as
follows:
(1) Check the chamber and bore dimensions of the pistol.
(2) Fire a dummy cartridge simulating a normal signal in size and
weight, but with a charge double the normal charge.
(3) Fire a normal signal.
[[Page 77]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.009
[[Page 78]]
(4) Recheck the chamber and bore dimensions.
(5) The pistol must fire the signal properly, must not have any
visible deformation or damage as a result of the test, and must not have
any change in the chamber and bore dimensions.
Sec. 160.028-5 Marking.
(a) General. Each signal pistol shall be permanently and legibly
marked with its serial number, Coast Guard approval number, and the name
and address of the manufacturer.
Sec. 160.028-6 Container.
(a) General. Containers for the stowage of signal pistols and pistol
projected parachute red flare distress signals in lifeboats and life
rafts on merchant vessels are not required to have specific approval or
to be of specific design except for certain material, marking, and test
requirements, which requirements are contained in Sec. 160.024-6 of
subpart 160.024.
Sec. 160.028-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.031--Line-Throwing Appliance, Shoulder Gun Type (and
Equipment)
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73080, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.031-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) The following Federal specification is incorporated by reference
into this subpart:
(1) T-R-605 b, December 13, 1963 and Amendment 3, April 17, 1973--
Rope, Manila, and Sisal.
(b) The Federal specification may be obtained from Customer Service,
Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia,
PA. 19120 (tel: (215)697-2000). This specification is also on file in
the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
September 24, 1979.
Sec. 160.031-2 Type and size.
(a) The shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance shall be breech-
loading for the cartridge and muzzle-loading for the projectile, of not
more than 13 mm (0.50 in.) caliber, chambered for blank rifle
cartridges, smooth bored, and properly stocked, with shot line canister
attached in a position below the barrel.
Sec. 160.031-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance requirements.
(a) All materials used in the construction of shoulder gun type
line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of good quality,
suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform to the requirements
of this specification. The choice of materials shall be such that
resistance to corrosion by salt water or spray, shock, temperature
change, and wear will be obtained. The use of dissimilar metals in
combination shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts
are necessary, provision shall be made to prevent such deleterious
effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or buckling of moving parts, and
loosening or tightening of joints due to difference in coefficients of
thermal expansion.
(b) The design and construction shall be proper and substantial for
effective and safe operation aboard ship.
(c) The workmanship shall be first class and free from any
imperfections of manufacture affecting appearance or serviceability of
the gun.
(d) The gun, when loaded and fired in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, shall be capable of propelling through
relatively still air, the service projectile with service line attached,
for a distance of not less than 75 m (250 ft.) with deviation from the
target not to exceed 4.5 m (15 ft.) either side.
Sec. 160.031-4 Equipment for shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance.
(a) Ten service projectiles, each machined from steel or bronze,
weighing about 225 g (8 oz.), and having a shank of sufficient length to
project slightly beyond the muzzle, with an eye at the upper end for
securing the service line.
[[Page 79]]
(b) Four service lines, each not less than 180 m (600 ft.) in
length, of 1.5 mm (\1/16\-in.) or more in diameter, woven or braided
nylon, very flexible, and having a breaking strength of not less than
625 N (140 lb.), or equivalent. Each line shall be one continuous length
without splice, knot, or other weakening features and shall be made up
or coiled in such way as to render it ready at all times for immediate
use. The end of the line intended to be attached to projectile shall
have securely attached thereto a substantial tag bearing a permanent
legend indicating its purpose, and the other end of the line shall be
tagged in the same manner to prevent delay in securing proper and
immediate action with the equipment. The line shall be coiled or reeled
in such manner that when all the line leaves the canister it
automatically becomes unattached and free from the canister and the gun.
The line canister shall be secured by clamps or brackets below the
barrel of the gun.
(c) One auxiliary line consisting of at least 150 m (500 ft.) of 7.5
mm (3 in.) circumference manila complying with federal specification T-
R-605.
(d) Twenty-five cartridges of the caliber and loading specified in
the instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the gun. The
cartridges shall be blank with waterproof paper wad.
(e) One cleaning rod with brush.
(f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning the gun and preserving the
finish of the metal parts.
(g) Twelve wiping patches of a size suitable for cleaning the bore.
(h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment
furnished with the gun, the proper caliber and loading of the cartridges
to be used in firing the gun, information as to the proper maintenance
of the gun and equipment, and directions for loading and firing in
service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic and mounted
conspicuously in the case or box required by Sec. 160.031-4(i).
(i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of
the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on
merchant vessels. The auxiliary line need not be stowed in the case.
Sec. 160.031-5 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval test. An independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must test an appliance in
accordance with the operational test in paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each appliance must be conducted under the procedures in
Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Each appliance which fails the inspections
and tests must not be represented as meeting this Subpart or as being
approved by the Coast Guard.
(1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include the inspection of appliances
during production as well as inspection of finished appliances to
determine that the appliances are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Each appliance must be tested in accordance with
paragraph (c) of this section except that the projectile may be fired
without a service line attached, and the distance and deviation do not
have to be measured.
(2) Inspections and test by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this chapter must inspect and test one appliance at least once each
year. The inspection must determine that the appliances are being
produced in accordance with the approved plans. The test must be in
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Operational test. The operational test must be conducted as
follows:
(1) Three rounds must be fired by the gun, at least one of which
must be with a service line attached to a projectile.
(2) The projectile must be fired first by aiming it down an open
course, and measuring the distance and deviation of the projectile.
(3) After the projectile is fired, the other two rounds must be
fired.
(4) The distance and deviation of the projectile must be in
accordance with Sec. 160.031-3(d) the gun must fire each round properly
and the gun must not be fractured or damaged by the test.
[[Page 80]]
Sec. 160.031-6 Marking.
(a) Gun. The gun shall be permanently and legibly marked on the
barrel with the manufacturer's model or type designation of the gun, the
serial number for the gun, the official Coast Guard approval number, and
the name of the manufacturer. The gun stock shall have recessed in it a
brass or other corrosion-restistant plate showing legible maintenance
instructions for the care of the gun and its parts to prevent corrosion.
After the proof test, the gun barrel shall be marked with the letters
``P.T.'' and the name or mark of the company.
(b) Projectile. Projectiles shall be permanently and legibly marked
with the name of the manufacturer.
(c) Line and container. The end of a service line intended to be
attached to the projectile shall have securely attached thereto a
substantial tag bearing a permanent legend indicating its purpose, and
the other end of the line shall be tagged in the same manner to prevent
delay in securing proper and immediate action with the equipment. The
container of new service lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer,
date of manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects
the line meets the requirements of this subpart for service lines. Line
canisters and reels shall bear the name of the manufacturer.
Sec. 160.031-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Shoulder gun line throwing appliances are approved by the Coast
Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.032--Davits for Merchant Vessels
Sec. 160.032-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) Specifications. The following specifications of the issue in
effect on the date the davits are manufactured form a part of this
subpart:
(1) A.S.T.M. standards:
A7, Specification for Steel for Bridges and Buildings.
A27, Specification for Mild to Medium Strength Carbon Steel Castings
for General Application.
A216, Specification for Carbon-Steel Castings Suitable for Fusion
Welding for High Temperature Service.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification standards referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The A.S.T.M.
Standards may be purchased from the American Society for Testing
Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]
Sec. 160.032-2 General requirements for davits.
(a) The requirements of this section apply to all new construction.
Davits approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart may
be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) Davits may be either of the mechanical or gravity types.
(1) Mechanical davits shall be designed to be swung out by screws,
gears, or other means, using manual power for operation. Radial type
davits with mechanical means for operating are not acceptable under this
category.
(2) Gravity davits shall be designed to be swung out without the use
of manual, electric, steam, or other power supplied by the vessel.
(3) Other types of davits will be given special consideration.
(c) Davits shall be so designed that it will not be necessary to
take up or slack the falls in order to crank out the davits.
(d) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the weight
of the persons shall be taken at 165 pounds each.
(e) The requirements of this subpart shall be complied with unless
other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, strength,
equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the Commandant.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949]
Sec. 160.032-3 Construction of davits.
(a) Strength required. Davits shall be of such strength that the
lifeboat may be lowered safely with its full complement of persons and
equipment, it being assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in
either direction and with
[[Page 81]]
a 10-degree trim. A minimum factor of safety of 6 on the ultimate
strength of the materials shall be maintained at all times based on the
approved working load.
(b) Turning out. (1) Mechanical davits shall be designed so that
they may be operated from the full inboard to the full outboard position
when the lifeboat is fully equipped, but not loaded with persons, it
being assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in either direction
and with a 10-degree trim.
(2) Gravity davits shall be designed so that they may be operated
automatically from the full inboard to the full outboard position when
the lifeboat is fully equipped, but not loaded with persons, it being
assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in either direction and
with a 10-degree trim. This operation shall be accomplished by merely
releasing the brake of the lifeboat winch.
(c) Materials. (1) Structural steel made by the open-hearth or
electric furnace process shall be in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard
Specification A7.
(2) Steel castings not intended for fusion welding shall be in
accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A27, Grades U-60-30, 60-
30, 65-30, 65-35, and 70-36.
(3) Steel castings intended to be fabricated by fusion welding shall
be in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A216, Grades WCA
and WCB.
(4) Cast iron shall not be used in the construction of davits.
(5) Special consideration shall be given to the use of other
materials. Proper affidavits concerning these materials will be
required.
(d) Bearings. Bearings of davits shall be of non-ferrous metal, or
shall be of the roller or ball-bearing type. Positive means of retaining
the bearings in position and of lubricating same shall be provided
except that self-lubricated bearings in sheaves of manila rope blocks
will be acceptable. The manufacturer shall furnish a lubrication chart
for each davit together with a plate attached to the davit indicating
the lubricants recommended for extremes in temperature.
(e) Guards. All moving parts shall have suitable guards.
(f) Welding. Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders
certified by the U.S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S.
Navy Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]
Sec. 160.032-4 Capacity of davits.
(a) Davits shall be approved for a working load after it has been
demonstrated by detailed calculations that this working load can be
carried with a minimum factor of safety of six based on the ultimate
strength of the materials. It will also be necessary to conduct the
tests specified in Sec. 160.032-5.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949]
Sec. 160.032-5 Inspection and testing of davits.
(a) Material testing. (1) Where davit arms and frames are fabricated
of steel castings, an inspector shall be present at the foundry where
such castings are made to witness the tests prescribed by the applicable
specification. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating that
the material complies with the requirement of the specification noted in
Sec. 160.032-3(c) (2) or (3). The inspector shall stamp the casting with
the letters U.S.C.G., the Marine Inspection Office identification
letters, the letters F.T., and the date of inspection.
(2) The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating that the
structural steel complies with the requirements of the specification
noted in Sec. 160.032-3(c)(1).
(3) The affidavits referred to above shall be obtained from the
foundry or mill supplying the material.
(b) Factory tests for initial approval. (1) Mechanical davits shall
be tested for strength and operation at the place of manufacture in the
presence of an inspector. The davits shall be completely assembled. The
tests to be conducted are as noted in paragraphs (b) (2) through (4) of
this section.
(2) A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load shall be suspended
from the eye or end of the davit arm. With
[[Page 82]]
this load suspended from the davit it shall be operated from the full
inboard to the full outboard position using the same operating crank or
device used in actual practice aboard ship. The load shall then be swung
in a fore and aft direction through an arc of approximately 10 degrees,
each side of the vertical. The davit arm and frame shall show no
permanent set or undue stress from this test. While this test is being
conducted, the frame and arm, if of cast material, shall be subject to a
test by being hammered to satisfy the inspector that the castings are
sound and without flaws.
(3) A weight equal to 0.5 times the normal working load shall be
suspended from the eye or end of the davit arm. This load shall be moved
from the full inboard to the full outboard position using the actual
handles supplied with the davit. The time required for this operation
shall not exceed 90 seconds. The above test shall also be conducted with
the davits set up to simulate a 15-degree inboard list with a 10-degree
trim to determine that the davits may be satisfactorily operated in that
condition. The above test shall also be conducted with the davits set up
to simulate a 15-degree outboard list with a 10-degree trim. This test
shall determine that the davit arms will not run out under the weight of
the light boat.
(4) A load of 1.1 times the normal working load shall be moved from
the full outboard to the full inboard position to demonstrate the
strength of operation of the return mechanism.
(5) Gravity davits shall be tested for strength and operation at the
place of manufacture in the presence of an inspector. The davit arms,
tracks, frames, attachments, etc., shall be set up in a manner similar
to an actual shipboard installation. This installation shall include a
lifeboat winch suitable for gravity davits and the falls shall be reeved
in the normal manner. The tests to be conducted are as noted in
paragraphs (b)(6) to (8) of this paragraph.
(6) A weight equal to 1.1 times the working load shall be run from
the full inboard to the full outboard position with the davit assembly
in the normal upright condition. The davit arm, trackways, etc., shall
show no permanent set or undue stress from this test.
(7) A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load shall be attached
to the falls and suspended from the davit arm when in the full outboard
position. The load shall be swung in a fore and aft direction through an
arc of approximately 10 degrees each side of the vertical. The davit arm
and trackways shall show no permanent set or undue stress from this
test.
(8) The entire davit assembly shall then be heeled inboard 15
degrees and with a 10-degree trim. In this condition a weight equal to
0.5 times the working load shall be suspended from the falls and shall
be operated from the full inboard to the full outboard position. This
test shall demonstrate that the load is sufficient to turn out the davit
by merely releasing the brake on the winch. Stops shall be made at
intervals between the inboard and outboard positions to assure that the
davit will start from any position.
(c) Factory testing after approval. (1) After the design of a
mechanical davit has been approved, subsequent davits of the same design
shall be individually tested as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
(2) After the design of a gravity davit has been approved,
subsequent davit arms of the same design shall be individually tested as
described in paragraph (b)(7) of this section, except that the swing
test may be eliminated if not practicable.
(d) Name plate. (1) A corrosion resistant name plate shall be
affixed to each davit arm and frame on which shall be stamped the name
of the manufacturer, approval number, type and serial number of the
davit, maximum working load in pounds per arm together with the Marine
Inspection Office identification letters, the date, and the letters
``U.S.C.G.''
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR
11467, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]
Sec. 160.032-6 Procedure for approval of davits.
(a) Before action is taken on any design of davit, detailed plans
covering fully the arrangement and construction of the davit together
with stress
[[Page 83]]
diagrams and calculations relative to the strength of the davit, and a
complete bill of material setting forth the physical properties of all
materials used shall be submitted to the Commandant through the
Commander of the Coast Guard District having jurisdiction over the
construction of the davit.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are
satisfactory the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the
davits are to be built shall be notified in writing when fabrication is
to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise the construction
in accordance with the plans and upon completion conduct the tests
required by Sec. 160.032-5.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the
manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the
plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections,
changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during
construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set
of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test report,
the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be
made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of
the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the davits are built.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949]
Subpart 160.033--Mechanical Disengaging Apparatus, Lifeboat, for
Merchant Vessels
Sec. 160.033-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) Specifications. The following specifications of the issue in
effect on the date mechanical disengaging apparatus is manufactured form
a part of this subpart.
(1) Coast Guard specifications:
160.035, Specification for Lifeboats for Merchant Vessels.
(b) Copies on file. A copy of the specification regulations referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept
for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after
termination of approval. The specification may be obtained from the
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27,
1996]
Sec. 160.033-2 General requirements for mechanical disengaging apparatus.
(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction.
Mechanical disengaging apparatus approved and in use prior to the
regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in
satisfactory condition.
(b) Mechanical disengaging apparatus installed in approved lifeboats
shall be designed to release both ends of the lifeboat simultaneously
under tension.
(c) Other types of mechanical disengaging apparatus will be
considered for lifeboats fitted on vessels operating on waters other
than ocean, coastwise or Great Lakes, or for vessels of 3,000 gross tons
and under operating in ocean, coastwise or Great Lakes service.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 60-36, 25 FR
10637, Nov. 5, 1960]
Sec. 160.033-3 Construction of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
(a) Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be of such strength that
the lifeboat in which installed may be safely lowered with its full
complement of persons and equipment. A minimum factor of safety of six
on the ultimate strength of the materials used shall be maintained at
all times based on the approved working load per hook.
(b) Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be designed to release
both ends of the lifeboat simultaneously under tension, which shall be
effected by partially rotating a shaft which shall be continuous and
extend from point of contact with the hooks. The control effecting the
rotation of the shaft shall be painted bright red and shall have
[[Page 84]]
thereon in raised letters the words ``DANGER--LEVER DROPS BOAT''. The
control shall be readily accessible, secured to a permanent part of the
lifeboat structure, and so installed as not to interfere with the
inspection of any removable parts of the lifeboat or its equipment.
(c) If closed type hooks are used, arrangements shall be made to
effect the release of the falls in the event that the gear is
inoperable.
(d) Positive means of lubrication shall be provided for all
bearings.
(e) Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders certified
by the U. S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U. S. Navy
Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
(f) The manufacturer shall furnish mill or foundry affidavits
relative to the physical and chemical properties of the materials used.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 52-10, 17 FR
2365, Mar. 19, 1952; CGFR 57-27, 22 FR 4021, June 7, 1957]
Sec. 160.033-4 Inspection and testing of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
(a) Inspection. Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be inspected
during the course of construction to determine that the arrangement and
materials entering into the construction are in accordance with the
approved plans.
(b) Factory tests for initial approval. (1) Mechanical disengaging
apparatus shall be tested to destruction in a jig built in accordance
with the drawing required in Sec. 160.033-5(a). This test shall be
conducted in the presence of an inspector.
(2) Universal connections used to transmit the release power from
the throw lever to the hook release shall be set up in a jig with the
angles of leads set at 0.30, and 60 degrees, respectively. A load of 200
pounds shall be applied at the end of a lever arm 24 inches long. This
load shall be applied with the connecting rod secured beyond the
universal and with the lever arm in the horizontal position. This test
shall demonstrate that the universals have strength adequate for the
purpose intended. There shall be no permanent set, or undue stress as a
result of this test. Consideration will be given to arrangements other
than universals submitted for this transmission of power.
(c) Installation test prior to passing first unit installed. (1)
Each new type or arrangement of mechanical disengaging apparatus shall
be tested by suspending a lifeboat loaded with deadweight equivalent to
the number of persons allowed in the lifeboat (165 pounds per person)
together with the weight of the equipment, plus 10 percent of the total
load. The release lever shall then be thrown over with this load
suspended until the lifeboat is released. This test shall demonstrate
the efficiency of the installation in an actual lifeboat. (This test may
be conducted ashore by suspending the lifeboat just clear of the
ground.)
(d) Factory testing after approval. (1) In general, no factory tests
after approval are required. However, each lifeboat in which mechanical
disengaging apparatus is fitted shall be tested in accordance with
Sec. 160.035-13(a) of subpart 160.035.
(e) Name plate. A corrosion resistant name plate shall be attached
to each hook assembly giving the manufacturer's name, approval number,
and approved working load (as installed).
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 52-10, 17 FR
2365, Mar. 19, 1952; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965]
Sec. 160.033-5 Procedure for approval of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
(a) Before action is taken on any design of mechanical disengaging
apparatus, detailed plans covering fully the arrangement and
construction of the apparatus, together with stress diagrams and
calculations relative to the strength, proposed test jig to be used in
the test prescribed in Sec. 160.033-4(b)(1), and a complete bill of
material setting forth the physical and chemical properties of all the
materials used shall be submitted to the Commandant through the
Commander of the Coast Guard District having jurisdiction over the
construction of the mechanical disengaging apparatus.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are
satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the
mechanical disengaging apparatus is to be built, shall be notified in
writing when
[[Page 85]]
fabrication is to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise
the construction in accordance with the plans and upon completion,
conduct the tests required by Sec. 160.033-4.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the
manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the
plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections,
changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during
construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set
of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test report,
the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be
made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of
the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the mechanical disengaging apparatus is built.
[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949]
Subpart 160.035--Lifeboats for Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 160.035-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) Specifications. The following specifications, of the issue in
effect on the date lifeboats are manufactured form a part of this
subpart.
(1) A.S.T.M. standards:
A 525--Specification for Delivery of Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron
or Steel Sheets, Coils, and Cut Lengths Coated by Hot Dip Method.
A 36--Specification for Structural Steel
(2) Military specifications:
MIL-P-18066--Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction.
MIL-Y-1140--Yarn, Cord, Sleeving, Cloth and Tape--Glass.
MIL-M-15617--Mats, Fibrous Glass, For Reinforcing Plastics.
MIL-R-7575--Resin, Polyester, Low-Pressure Laminating.
MIL-P-40619--Plastic Material, Cellular Polystyrene.
MIL-P-17549--Plastic Laminates, Fibrous Glass Reinforced, Marine
Structural.
MIL-P-19644--Plastic Foam, Molded Polystyrene (Expanded Bead Type).
MIL-C-19663--Cloth, Glass, Woven Roving For Plastic Laminate.
MIL-R-21607--Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire Retardant.
MIL-P-21929--Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Rigid, Foam-In-
Place, Low Density.
(3) Federal specifications:
TT-P-59--Paint, Ready-Mixed, International Orange.
(4) Federal test method standard:
406--Plastics: Method of Testing.
(5) Federal Communications Commission:
47 CFR part 83, Rules Governing Stations on Shipboard in the Maritime
Service.
(6) Coast Guard specifications:
160.033--Mechanical Disengaging Apparatus (For Lifeboats).
160.034--Hand Propelling Gear (For Life boats).
161.006--Searchlights, Motor Lifeboat.
(b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and rules referred
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The Coast Guard
Specifications may be obtained upon request from the Commandant. United
States Coast Guard Headquarters, Washington, DC 20226. The A.S.T.M.
Standards may be purchased from the American Society for Testing
Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. The Military
Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply
Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. The Federal
Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations may be obtained from
the Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554. Federal
Specifications and Standards may be obtained from the General Services
Administration, Business Service Center, Washington, DC 20407.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17039, Aug. 24, 1972]
[[Page 86]]
Sec. 160.035-2 General requirements for lifeboats.
(a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction.
Lifeboats approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart
may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
(b) All lifeboats must be properly constructed and shall be of such
form and proportions that they shall be readily maneuverable, have ample
stability in a seaway, and sufficient freeboard when fully loaded with
their full complement of persons and equipment. All lifeboats shall be
capable of maintaining positive stability when open to the sea and
loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. All
lifeboats must be open boats with rigid sides having internal buoyancy
only. Lifeboats with a rigid shelter may be approved, provided that it
may be readily opened from both inside and outside, and does not impede
rapid embarkation and disembarkation or the launching and handling of
the lifeboat.
(c) Lifeboats may be constructed of steel, aluminum, fibrous glass
reinforced plastic (FRP), or other materials receiving specific
approval: Provided, That, the weight of the fully equipped and loaded
lifeboat shall not exceed 44,800 pounds, and the carrying capacity
calculated in accordance with Sec. 160.035-9 of this specification shall
not exceed 150 persons.
(1) The thwarts, side benches and footings of lifeboats shall be
painted or otherwise colored international orange in accordance with
Federal Specification TT-P-59. The area in way of the red mechanical
disengaging gear control lever, from the keel to the side bench, shall
be painted or otherwise colored white, to provide a contrasting
background for the lever. This band of white should be approximately 12
inches wide depending on the internal arrangements of the lifeboat.
(d) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the weight
of the persons shall be taken at 165 pounds each.
(e) Motor lifeboats are classified as follows:
(1) A Class 1 motor lifeboat is one that is fitted with a
compression ignition engine, is capable of being readily started in all
conditions, and has sufficient fuel for 24 hours continuous operation.
The speed ahead in smooth water when loaded with its full complement of
persons and equipment shall be at least 6 knots.
(2) A Class 2 motor lifeboat shall meet the Class 1 requirements,
and in addition, shall be fitted with a searchlight constructed in
accordance with subpart 161.006 of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this
chapter.
(3) A Class 3 motor lifeboat shall meet the Class 2 requirements,
and in addition, shall be fitted with a radio cabin and a radio
installation complying with requirements of the Federal Communications
Commission.
Sec. 160.035-3 Construction of steel oar-propelled lifeboats.
(a) Type. Lifeboats shall have rigid sides and be fitted with
internal buoyancy so arranged that the boats will float in the flooded
condition when fully loaded with persons and equipment. The capacity of
an oar-propelled lifeboat is limited to a maximum of 59 persons.
Lifeboats designed to carry 60 but not more than 100 persons shall be
either hand-propelled or motor-propelled. Lifeboats designed to carry
more than 100 persons shall be motor-propelled, except that a lifeboat
designed to carry more than 100 persons may be hand-propelled if it is a
replacement for a previously approved hand-propelled lifeboat.
(b) Specifications. The following specifications and schedule of
lifeboat materials, including Table 160.035-3 shall be complied with
unless other arrangements in matters of construction details, design,
and strength, equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the
Commandant.
[[Page 87]]
Table 160.035-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gunwales Shell plating Thwarts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Length of Bar keel, stem, Distance from Painter Rudder
boat not and sternpost top of thwart Stanchions shackles thickness
over (inches) Angle bar Flanged flat Side (USSG) Bottom (USSG) Number to top of Size (inches) (inches) (normal size) (inches)
(feet) (inches) bar (inches) required gunwale
(inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.0...... 2\1/2\x\1/2\ 2x1\1/2\x\1/4\ 3\1/2\x\1/4\ 18 18 4 9 1\1/16\x7\1/2\ 1\1/16\x3\1/2\ \5/8\ 1
14.0...... 2\1/2\x\1/2\ 2x1\1/2\x\1/4\ 3\1/2\x\1/4\ 18 18 4 9 1\1/16\x7\1/2\ 1\1/16\x3\1/2\ \5/8\ 1
16.0...... 2\1/2\x\1/2\ 2x1\1/2\x\1/4\ 3\1/2\x\1/4\ 18 18 4 9 1\1/16\x7\1/2\ 1\1/16\x3\1/2\ \5/8\ 1
18.0...... 2\1/2\x\5/8\ 2x2x\1/4\ 4x\1/4\ 18 18 4 9 1\5/16\x7\1/2\ 1\5/16\x3\1/2\ \5/8\ 1
20.0...... 2\1/2\x\3/4\ 2x2x\1/4\ 4x\1/4\ 16 16 5 9 1\5/16\x7\1/2\ 1\5/16\x3\1/2\ \5/8\ 1
22.0...... 2\1/2\x\3/4\ 2x2x\1/4\ 4x\1/4\ 16 14 5 9 1\5/16\x7\1/2\ 1\5/16\x3\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
24.0...... 3x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2x\1/4\ 4\1/2\x\1/4\ 16 14 5 10 1\5/8\x9\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
26.0...... 3x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2x\1/4\ 4\1/2\x\1/4\ 14 13 6 10 1\5/8\x9\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
28.0...... 3\1/2\x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\1/
4\ 5x\1/4\ 13 12 6 10 1\5/8\x9\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
30.0...... 3\1/2\x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\1/
4\ 5x\1/4\ 13 12 7 11 1\5/8\x9\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
32.0...... 4x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\1/
4\ 5x\1/4\ 13 12 7 11 1\5/8\x11\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
34.0...... 4x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\5/
16\ 5x\5/16\ 12 12 8 11 1\5/8\x11\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
36.0...... 4x1 2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\5/
16\ 5x\5/16\ 12 12 8 11 1\5/8\x11\1/2\ 1\5/8\x5\1/2\ \3/4\ 1\1/4\
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Hoisting shackles, if provided, shall have a factor of safety of 6 based on the lowering weight of the fully loaded lifeboat.
[[Page 88]]
(c) Materials. (1) Plating for shell, floors, air tanks, etc., shall
be made by the open-hearth or electric furnace process in accordance
with A.S.T.M. Standards A-525 Class 1.25 Commercial. The bend tests
required by these specifications shall be made after the galvanizing or
other anticorrosive treatment has been applied.
(2) Rivets and rolled or extruded shapes such as keel, stem,
sternpost, gunwales, etc., shall be made by the open-hearth or electric
furnace process in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A-36.
Consideration will be given to the use of other steels having equivalent
strength where longitudinal cold forming is necessary.
(d) Riveting. (1) Where riveting is employed in the construction of
the shell double riveting shall be used. The centers of the rivets in
the row nearest the edge of the sheet shall be not less than \3/8\ inch
nor more than \1/2\ inch from the edge. Rivets shall be staggered with
not less than 18 rivets to the foot and shall be countersunk head or
button head rivets. The diameter of the rivets shall be not less than
that shown in Table 160.035-3(d)(1).
Table 160.035-3(d)(1)
Rivet
Plating thickness diameter
(inch)
18 USSG..................................................... \1/8\
16 USSG..................................................... \1/8\
14 USSG..................................................... \5/32\
13 USSG..................................................... \5/32\
12 USSG..................................................... \3/16\
(2) Riveting of the shell plating to the keel, stem, and sternpost
shall be button head rivets, staggered with not less than 12 rivets to
the foot. The distance from the edge of the plate to the centers of the
rivets in the nearest row shall be not less than \1/2\ inch nor more
than \3/4\ inch. Rivets connecting the shell to the gunwale shall be
spaced not more than 3 inches on centers. The size of the rivets for
connecting the shell plating to the keel, stem, sternpost, and gunwale
shall be \1/4\-inch diameter for boats 28 feet and under, and \5/16\-
inch diameter for boats over 28 feet.
(3) The connection of the floors to the shell shall be by a single
row of rivets not less than \3/16\ inch in diameter and spaced not more
than 3 inches on centers.
(e) Welding. (1) Welding may be substituted for riveting in any
location. It shall be performed by welders qualified by the U.S. Coast
Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy Department, and only
approved electrodes shall be used. Details of the joints shall be
indicated on the construction drawings submitted for approval.
(f) Keel, stem and sternpost. (1) Dimensions shall be not less than
those shown in Table 160.035-3.
(2) The keel, stem, and sternpost shall be in not more than two
lengths except in the case of a lifeboat of stern frame construction
where three lengths may be used. The scarph shall have a length of nine
times the thickness of the keel and shall be strapped and riveted. A
double Vee butt weld may be used without straps.
(g) Shell plating. (1) The gage of the shell plating shall be not
less than that shown in Table 160.035-3.
(2) Where increased thickness of bottom plating is called for by
Table 160.035-3, the thicker plating shall be fitted to approximately
the turn of the bilge.
(3) Doubling plates of suitable size shall be fitted on all
lifeboats where the shell is liable to damage, wear, or corrosion from
contact with chocks. Doublers shall be not less than the thickness of
the bottom plating.
(4) All seam and butt laps shall be at least 1\1/4\ inches.
(5) The laps of joints on keel, stem and sternpost shall be at least
2 inches.
(6) All seam and butt laps, laps of plating on keel, stem, and
sternpost, shall be made over felt laid in wet red lead. Other methods
will be given separate consideration.
(h) Floors. (1) Floors shall be fitted in lifeboats 24 feet in
length and over.
(2) Floors shall be of a thickness not less than that of the bottom
plating and shall be at least 6 inches deep at the centerline of the
lifeboat, and shall be flanged 1\1/2\ inches top and bottom. The floors
shall extend to approximately the turn of the bilge.
(3) The maximum floor spacing for boats 28 feet and under shall be
36 inches and for boats over 28 feet but not exceeding 36 feet shall be
30 inches.
[[Page 89]]
(4) Limber holes shall be cut in the floors and so located as to
provide efficient drainage. The limber holes shall be so arranged that
the load on the floors is taken by the keel as well as by the shell
plating.
(i) Gunwales. (1) Dimensions of angular gunwales shall be not less
than that shown in Table 160.035-3.
(2) The gunwales on each side of the lifeboat shall be in not more
than two pieces. If the gunwales are fitted in two lengths, the joint
shall be placed at approximately one-third of the length from the stem
or stern of the boat and at opposite ends of the boat. The joint may be
riveted or welded, and if riveted, the backing-up piece shall be angular
in section of the thickness of the gunwale, and the length shall be not
less than eight times the depth of the gunwale. A suitable butt weld may
be used without backing-up bar.
(3) Flanged plates made from flat bars, dimensions of which shall be
not less than that shown in Table 160.035-3, may be substituted for
angle gunwales. The legs of the angles shall be approximately equal and
the inside radius of the bend shall be not less than \1/2\ inch nor more
than \3/4\ inch. The vertical leg shall be outside of the sheer strake.
(4) Wood gunwales when installed in metal lifeboats shall be of
clear grained oak or teak. They shall be of a size as listed in the
table below. When in two lengths the scarph shall be located as outlined
in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. Scarphs shall be of a good long
bevel type stiffened on the under side by a piece of the same size and
material as the gunwale and at least 2 feet in length. The lap of the
wooden gunwale to the sheer strake shall be made over felt laid in wet
red lead and the gunwale shall be secured to the sheer strake with
fastenings placed on 3-inch centers.
Table 160.035-3(i)(4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depth of Width of
Length of lifeboat gunwale gunwale
(inches) (inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 feet and not over 18 feet...................... 1\7/8\ 2\1/8\
Over 18 and not over 20 feet...................... 1\7/8\ 2\1/4\
Over 20 and not over 22 feet...................... 2 2\3/8\
Over 22 and not over 24 feet...................... 2\1/4\ 2\1/2\
Over 24 and not over 26 feet...................... 2\3/8\ 2\5/8\
Over 26 and not over 28 feet...................... 2\5/8\ 2\3/4\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(j) Nosings. (1) The outside of the gunwale angle shall have a
nosing fitted to the gunwale of hollow steel, half round, 2 inches by
\1/4\ inch. If a flanged plate gunwale is used, a nosing will not be
required.
(2) The outside of a wooden gunwale shall have a nosing of clear
grain oak or teak, secured to the sheer strake and the gunwale by
fastenings spaced on 6-inch centers which fastenings may be substituted
for alternate fastenings between the gunwale and sheer strake. On boats
not over 20 feet long, the flat side of the nosing shall be not less
than 1\1/2\ inches wide and \5/8\ inch thick, on boats not over 24 feet
in length it shall be not less than 1\7/8\ inches wide by 1 inch thick,
on all boats over 24 feet in length it shall be not less than 2\1/4\
inches wide by 1 inch thick.
(k) Gunwale braces. (1) The brace shall be bent outboard at the
thwart so that the bolts and nuts do not obstruct the seating space. The
gunwales shall be secured to the thwarts by steel braces, bolts, and
rivets as follows:
Table 160.035-3(k)(1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bolts and
Brace rivets
Length of lifeboat size diameter
(inches) (inch)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 feet and under................................. 3 x \1/4\ \5/16\
Over 22 feet and not over 28...................... 3 x \5/
16\ \3/8\
Over 28 feet...................................... 3 x \3/8\ \7/16\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) The gunwale braces shall be bolted to the thwarts with at least
two carriage bolts of a size not less than that noted in Table 160.035-
3(k)(1) and riveted or welded to the gunwales. Where riveted to the
gunwale, at least two rivets of a size not less than that noted in the
table above shall be used.
(3) Bracket type gunwale braces will be given special consideration.
(l) Breast plates. (1) Breast plates shall be fitted to the stem and
stern post. The thickness of the breast plates shall not be less than
the thickness of the leg of the gunwale and the depth of the throat of
the plate shall not be less than twice the depth of the gunwale. The
breast plates of the boats that have mechanical disengaging apparatus
shall be extended to connect and reinforce the hoisting plates of the
disengaging apparatus.
[[Page 90]]
(2) Breast hooks for wooden gunwales shall be of the strap type, not
less than 1\1/2\ inches wide, nor less than \1/4\ inch thick. The length
of each leg of the breast hook shall be not less than 5 times the width
of the gunwale. The inside strap shall be continuous and the outside
strap may be in two pieces provided they are through riveted to the stem
or stern post. The inner and outer straps shall be through riveted or
bolted to each other through the gunwale and sheer strake by not less
than three rivets or bolts on each side.
(m) Seats. (1) The thwarts, side benches, and end benches shall be
of fir, yellow pine, fibrous glass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.), or
approved equivalent.
(2) The dimensions of the thwarts shall be not less than that shown
in Table 160.035-3. The mast thwart, if cut out in way of the mast,
shall be suitably increased in width so that the width in way of the
mast is not less than that required for other thwarts.
(3) The number of thwarts shall not be less than that set forth in
Table 160.035-3.
(4) The distance from the top of the thwarts to the top of the
gunwale shall be not less than that shown in Table 160.035-3.
(5) The thwart ends shall be fitted between flanges, or may be
installed on top of both flanges, of a thickness not less than the
bottom shell plating and secured to the thwart by two bolts in addition
to the bolts through the gunwale braces. Each flange shall be riveted to
the shell with rivets of the same size as used to connect the side and
bottom plating and spaced not less than ten to the foot. The flanges
shall extend inboard to take the brace bolts and shall be 1 inch in
width less than the thwart. The ends of the thwart shall be not less
than \3/8\ inch and not more than \3/4\ inch from the shell.
(6) The edges of all thwarts, side, and end benches shall be well
rounded.
(7) Suitable foot rests shall be furnished at a distance of between
17 to 20 inches below the thwarts and side benches. This may be
accomplished by raising the footings from the bottom of the boat.
(8) Side and end benches shall be solid or close planked, not less
than the following thicknesses:
Table 160.035-3(m)(8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fir or
Length of lifeboat pine Plywood \1\
(inch) (inch)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up to 24 feet.................................... \3/4\ \5/8\
24 feet to and including 36 feet................. 1 \3/4\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Plywood, if used, shall be at least equal to Military Specification
MIL-P-18066, Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction, Class 1, or
Commercial Standard CS-45 for Douglas-Fir Plywoods Exterior Grades A-
A, A-B, A-C, or B-B, ``Marine Exterior''.
(9) The leading edge of the thwart or end bench shall be located a
minimum of 3 inches and a maximum of 6 inches distance from the Rottmer
release gear.
(n) Stretchers. (1) Stretchers of sufficient size and strength shall
be fitted in suitable positions for rowing.
(o) Stanchions. (1) Fir or yellow pine stanchions of a size not less
than that shown in Table 160.035-3 shall be fitted in all lifeboats
where the unsupported length of the thwarts exceeds 4 feet.
(p) Footings. (1) Fir, pine, or plywood footings, of a thickness not
less than that shown in paragraph (m)(8) of this section, shall cover
the bottom of the lifeboat between the side tanks. If fir or pine
footings are used, they shall be not less than 7\1/2\ inches wide or
more than 9\1/2\ inches wide and they shall be spaced not more than 2
inches apart.
(2) The footings shall be made readily detachable and so arranged
that the drain plugs are at all times directly accessible without
removing the footings.
(q) Disengaging apparatus. (1) Connections for the disengaging
apparatus shall have a minimum factor of safety of six.
(2) For construction and capacity of disengaging apparatus, see
Subpart 160.033.
(r) Plugs. (1) Each lifeboat shall be fitted with an automatic plug
so designed and installed as to insure complete drainage at all times
when the boat is out of the water. The automatic plug shall be provided
with a cap attached to the lifeboat by a suitable chain. The location of
drain plug is to be marked on the vertical surface in the vicinity of
the plug below the side bench with the word ``plug'' in 3-inch white
letters and with an arrow pointing in the direction of the drain plug.
[[Page 91]]
(s) Protection against corrosion. (1) All steel or iron entering
into the construction of lifeboats shall be galvanized by the hot dipped
process. All fabricated pieces or sections are to be galvanized after
fabrication. Other methods of corrosion prevention will be given special
consideration.
(2) Where welded construction is employed, the material shall be
galvanized after welding unless impractical to do so in which case
consideration will be given to equivalent protection.
(3) Provisions shall be made to obtain a satisfactory bond between
the metal and the paint.
(t) Rudders. (1) Each lifeboat for vessels in ocean, coastwise, and
Great Lakes service shall be fitted with a rudder and tiller. The rudder
shall be constructed of clear straight grained oak, properly
strengthened with drifts or straps or plywood properly strengthened with
straps of a thickness not less than that shown in Table 160.035-3. The
thickness may be reduced \1/8\ inch if check pieces are fitted extending
beyond the lower pintle connection. The oak rudder shall be stiffened
across the bottom edge by a piece of wood of the same character or by a
metal shoe. Plywood rudders shall be stiffened across the bottom edge by
a metal shoe of a ``U'' type construction, with the fasteners located on
the sides of the rudder in lieu of the bottom. Consideration will be
given to the use of hollow metal rudders provided they are designed to
float. Plywood, if used, shall be at least equal to Military
Specification MIL-P-18066, Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction, Class 1,
or Commercial Standard CS-45 for Douglas-Fir Plywoods Exterior Grades A-
A, A-B, A-C, or B-B, ``Marine Exterior''. The rudders shall be fitted
with a \1/2\-inch diameter manila lanyard of such length as to permit
the rudder to be shipped without untying the lanyard.
(2) The lower attachment of the rudder to the sternpost shall be by
a gudgeon and pintle. The upper attachment shall be of the triple or
double gudgeon drop pin type. Where the double gudgeon type is used, the
pin shall be attached to the rudder by a chain.
(3) A suitable hinged or pivoted tiller shall be provided.
(4) Rudder stops shall be provided to limit the rudder angle to
approximately 45 degrees each side of the centerline.
(u) Buoyancy tanks. (1) All lifeboats shall have inherent buoyancy,
or shall be fitted with buoyancy tanks or other equivalent noncorrodible
buoyancy units, which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil
products, sufficient to float the boat and its equipment when the boat
is flooded and open to the sea. An additional volume of buoyancy, or
buoyancy units, equal to at least one-tenth the cubic capacity of the
lifeboat shall be provided.
(2) At least 50 percent of the buoyancy shall be located along the
sides of the boat and it shall be so located that the boat will be on
even keel when flooded.
(3) The tops of the buoyancy tanks or buoyancy units shall be
protected by the side benches or other suitable means. The construction
shall be such that water will not collect on the tops of the tanks.
(4) The buoyancy tanks shall have a name plate attached in such a
location as to be visible from within the boat. The name plate shall be
in accordance with paragraph (u)(7)(iv) of this section.
(5) Buoyancy tanks shall be double riveted and caulked, hook jointed
and soldered, or welded.
(6) Independent buoyancy tanks. (i) Independent buoyancy tanks shall
be securely fastened in such a manner that they may be temporarily
removed for inspection purposes. Fastenings shall not pierce the
buoyancy tanks.
(ii) The material for the buoyancy tanks shall be of a thickness not
less than that noted below:
Capacity (cubic feet) USSG
Not over 6...................................................... 22
Over 6, not over 15............................................. 20
Over 15......................................................... 18
(iii) A bolted inspection plate shall be provided in such a location
that the tank will be accessible for inspection and repair.
(iv) Each independent buoyancy tank shall be filled with buoyancy
material. The amount of material required shall be determined by the
flooding test in accordance with Sec. 160.035-11(b)(2). The
[[Page 92]]
buoyancy materials used shall meet the requirements set forth for core
material in paragraph (u)(7)(ii) of this section.
(7) Independent buoyancy units. (i) Buoyancy units shall be securely
fastened in such a manner that they may be temporarily removed for
inspection purpose. Fastenings shall not pierce the buoyancy units.
(ii) The materials for the buoyancy units shall be as follows:
Table 160.035-3(u)(7)
Core............................ Polystyrene....... MIL-P-40619.
MIL-P-19644.
Polyurethane...... MIL-P-21929.
Density......................... 2.0 lbs./cu. ft... Nominal.\1\
Cover, FRP \2\.................. Woven roving...... MIL-C-19663.
Mat............... MIL-M-15617.
Cloth and tape.... MIL-Y-1140.
\1\ The density required shall be a nominal 2.01 lbs. cu. ft. This
contemplates a range of 1.5 to 2.5 lbs./cu. ft. density provided all
of the requirements of a 2.0 bl. pour are met.
\2\ The cover is to be reinforced with a polyester or epoxy resin,
having a minimum thickness of 0.06. The resin shall be fire retardant
in accordance with Military Specification MIL-R-21607.
(iii) The buoyancy units shall have a nameplate attached in such a
location as to be visible from within the boat.
(iv) The nameplate shall be made of a noncorrosive metal or of
suitable plastic, attached in a permanent manner and contain the
following information:
Lifeboat Buoyancy Unit or Tank
(Type or Model)
Type of Buoyancy Material
Cu. Ft. ------ Weight ------ Date -----------
U.S.C.G. OCMI -------------------------------___________________________
Name and address of the manufacturer.
(v) The volume of buoyancy units required shall be determined in
accordance with the method set forth for buoyancy tanks in Sec. 160.035-
11(b)(2).
(8) Built-in buoyancy tanks. (i) A bolted inspection plate shall be
provided in such a location that the tank will be accessible for
inspection and repair.
(ii) The tops and sides of all built-in buoyancy tanks shall not be
less than 14 USSG, except that 16 USSG may be used at the ends if severe
forming is necessary. All bulkheads of built-in buoyancy tanks shall be
not less than 16 USSG.
(iii) Each built-in buoyancy tank shall be filled with buoyancy
material. The amount of material required shall be determined by the
flooding test in accordance with Sec. 160.035-11(b)(2). The buoyancy
materials used shall meet the requirements set forth for core materials
in paragraph (u)(7)(ii) of this section.
(iv) [Reserved]
(v) Equipment stowage. (1) Provision lockers, water tanks, and
special equipment lockers shall be watertight and so designed and
located as to fit under the side benches, end benches, or footings
without projecting into the accommodation spaces of the lifeboat. In
special cases, stowage under the thwarts will be permitted. Standard \1/
4\-inch pipe size testing nipples shall be fitted to all such lockers or
tanks.
(2) Water tanks shall be constructed of at least 18 USSG material.
An opening with a dogged type cover shall be provided for removal of
water cans. This opening shall be at least 7 inches in diameter, but in
any case shall be of sufficient size that all water cans can be removed.
In addition, built-in water tanks shall have an opening at least 13
inches in diameter with a bolted cover for the purpose of inspection and
maintenance. A 2-inch diameter fill cap shall be installed for the
purpose of storing rain water. A standard \1/4\-inch pipe size drainage
nipple with hexagonal cap shall be fitted in the bottom of the tank in
an accessible location and may be used for air testing the water tank.
(w) Grab rails. (1) Grab rails shall be substantially attached to
each lifeboat below the turn of the bilge and extend approximately one-
half of the length of the lifeboat on each side. The ends of the grab
rails shall be faired to prevent fouling and all connections of the
rails to the lifeboat shall be made by riveting the palms of the
brackets to a small plate and riveting the plate to the shell. To
prevent rupture of the shell if the grab rail is carried away, more
rivets shall be used in attaching the plate to the shell than in
fastening the bracket to the plate. The clearance between the grab rail
pipe and the hull shall be at least 1\1/2\ inches. The connections of
the rails to a fibrous glass reinforced plastic lifeboat hull, will be
given special consideration.
(x) Hand rails. (1) All lifeboats intended for use in ocean and
coastwise
[[Page 93]]
service shall be fitted with hand rails approximately 18 inches in
length, constructed and attached to the lifeboat in the same manner as
the grab rails required by paragraph (w) of this section. The clearance
between the hand rail pipe and the hull shall be at least 1\1/2\ inches.
The hand rails shall be located approximately parallel to and at both
ends of the grab rails and spaced midway between the grab rail and the
gunwale and midway between the grab rail and the keel on both sides of
the lifeboat provided that, when the distance from grab rail to gunwale
or to the keel exceeds 4 feet, two hand rails shall be fitted so as to
provide equal spacing. In no case shall the hand rails project beyond
the widest part of the boat. Recessed hand rails or other alternate
arrangements will be given consideration.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]
Sec. 160.035-4 Construction of steel hand-propelled lifeboats.
(a) A hand-propelled lifeboat shall comply with all the requirements
for an oar-propelled lifeboat, and in addition shall have sufficient
additional buoyancy to compensate for the weight of the hand-propelling
gear.
(b) The hand-propelling gear shall be of an approved type and shall
be substantially constructed and securely fitted in the lifeboat. The
design shall be such that the lifeboat may be readily maneuvered from
the ship's side after being launched and steerage way maintained under
adverse weather conditions. Provisions shall be made for going astern.
The hand-propelling gear shall propel the lifeboat with only a normal
amount of effort while maintaining an average speed of not less than 3
knots over a measured course of not less than 1,000 feet.
(c) The hand-propelling gear shall be so designed that it may be
operated by persons untrained in its use, and shall be operable when the
boat is flooded.
(d) For construction of Hand-Propelling Gear, See subpart 160.034.
Sec. 160.035-5 Construction of steel motor-propelled lifeboats with and without radio cabin.
(a) General provisions applicable to all motor-propelled lifeboats.
(1) A motor-propelled lifeboat, carried as part of the lifesaving
equipment of a vessel, whether required or not, shall comply with all
the requirements for an oar-propelled lifeboat, and in addition, shall
have sufficient additional buoyancy to compensate for the weight of the
engine and other equipment.
(2) The engine shall be enclosed in a suitable engine box which
shall be watertight with the exception of the top which may be
weathertight. If the engine box is made of material other than steel or
aluminum, such as fibrous glass reinforced plastic, it shall be made of
fire retardant material. The top of the engine box shall be fitted with
a screwdown mushroom vent. The engine box shall be fitted with a
suitable drain. An engine starting instruction plate shall be
permanently attached to the engine box. There shall be ample space
between the engine and the engine box to permit proper maintenance and
removal of engine accessories when necessary. If the internal
arrangements of the engine in the engine box do not permit this, then
suitable watertight hand-hole plates shall be installed in the vicinity
of these accessories. The location of these plates and the accessibility
to the accessories shall be to the satisfaction of the marine inspector.
The marine inspector may require the removal of any accessory through
these hand-hole plates that he may deem necessary to establish that it
is of proper size and location.
(3) Fuel tanks must be constructed of steel, fibrous glass
reinforced plastic or other approved equivalent. Fuel tanks must be
adequately supported and securely fastened inside the lifeboat to
prevent any movement. Fuel tanks must have no openings in the bottom,
sides or ends. Openings for fill, vent and feed pipes must be on the top
surface of the tanks. The vent size for tanks of 50 gallons or less must
not be less than \1/4\-inch O.D. tubing. Vents for larger tanks will be
given special consideration. The access openings in the
[[Page 94]]
thwarts for the fill tank cap must have a flush cover or the top of the
cap must be flush with the top of the thwart. Fuel feed pipes must be
provided with a shutoff valve at the tank, where it is readily
accessible and its location marked. Tanks must be tested by a static
head above the tank top of ten feet of water without showing leakage or
permanent deformation. A graduated measure stick or other means must be
provided to determine the amount of the fuel in the tank.
(i) Steel diesel oil fuel tanks shall have a thickness of not less
than 12 USSG and shall not be galvanized on the inside; however, the
outside of such tanks shall be so treated as to to obtain a corrosion
resistance approximately equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing. Swash plates
shall be fitted in tanks over 30 inches in length.
(ii) Fibrous glass reinforced plastic diesel oil fuel tanks shall
have a thickness of not less than 0.187 inch. The resins used shall be
of a fire retardant type and shall qualify under military specification
MIL-R-21607. The mechanical properties of the tank shall not be less
than Grade No. 4 of military specification MIL-P-17549. Mat, woven
roving and 1000th cloth shall be used. Tank laminates shall not be
constructed exclusively with fibrous glass fabrics. An increment of
random oriented, chopped fibrous glass reinforcement is deemed necessary
to prevent porosity. An ounce and a half per square foot is considered
minimum. Inclusion of fabrics in low pressure laminates are recommended
to impart satisfactory containment, strength, and rigidity. For maximum
strength, tank surfaces should be cambered and curved wherein practical.
Fittings shall be made of nonferrous metal and securely bonded to the
tank with epoxy resin. A fibrous glass reinforced plate or boss of the
same thickness as the tank proper and 1\1/2\ times the outside
dimensions of the fitting shall be used to strengthen the openings for
fuel, fill and vent lines. Tanks shall be constructed of a minimum
possible number of sections. Where two parts are joined there shall be a
minimum of 2-inch overlap. Tanks exceeding 18 inches in any horizontal
dimension shall be fitted with vertical baffle plates at intervals not
exceeding 18 inches. Baffle plate flanges shall be integral and shall be
of the same strength and stiffness as the tank wall. Flanges shall be
bonded in place with mat and fabric. A suitable striking plate shall be
installed at the bottom of the fuel measurement and fill pipe line. The
laminate may be increased in thickness, in the way of the fill pipe. The
cover of the fuel tank shall be through bolted as well as bonded. All
fuel tanks shall bear legible, permanent labels, conveniently located
for visual inspection, signifying full compliance with these
specifications and including the following:
(a) Manufacturer's name and address.
(b) Date of construction and the inspector's initials.
(c) Wall thickness (in decimals of one inch) and capacity U.S.
gallons.
(d) Material of construction: Polyester--Glass.
(4) Propeller shafting shall be of bronze or other suitable
corrosion resistant materials. Fittings, pipes, connections, etc., shall
be of high standard and good workmanship, and installed in accordance
with good marine practice. The exhaust manifold shall be suitably
insulated.
(5) All engines shall be permanently installed and shall be equipped
with an efficient cranking system. This system shall be one that can be
operated by hand, such as a hand cranking, hydraulic cranking, or
inertia cranking system, acceptable to the Commandant. If an electric
cranking system consisting of an electric starter motor, generator and
batteries are fitted, it shall be in addition to the required acceptable
cranking system, the battery or batteries shall be installed within the
watertight engine box. The battery box shall be so constructed as to
retain the battery in position when the lifeboat is in a seaway. The
battery box shall be 1 inch longer and 1 inch wider than the battery and
shall be lined with 4-pound lead flashed up 3 inches on the sides and
ends. The battery box may be made of fibrous glass reinforced plastic
using a fire-retardant epoxy resin. This type of battery box will not be
required to be lead lined.
(i) Engines. The engine shall be a reliable, marine, compression-
ignition type and shall be capable of propelling
[[Page 95]]
the fully equipped and loaded lifeboat at a sustained speed of not less
than 6 knots through smooth water over a measured course. Provision
shall be made for going astern. Sufficient fuel for 24 hours continuous
operation at 6 knots shall be provided. The engine used in approved
lifeboats shall be capable of being started without the use of starting
aids at a temperature of 20 deg. F., by the use of an acceptable
cranking system. If water cooled, the engine shall be equipped with a
closed fresh water cooling system. This system shall be cooled by a
secondary medium, such as a water cooled heat exchanger.
(ii) The hydraulic cranking system shall be a self-contained system
which will provide the required cranking forces and engine r.p.m. as
recommended by the engine manufacturer. The capacity of the hydraulic
cranking system shall provide not less than six cranking cycles. Each
cranking cycle shall provide the necessary number of revolutions at the
required r.p.m. to the engine to meet the requirements of carrying its
full rated load within twenty seconds after cranking is initiated with
intake air and hydraulic cranking system at 20 deg. F. Capacity of the
hydraulic cranking system sufficient for three cranking cycles under the
above conditions, shall be held in reserve and arranged so that the
operation of a single control by one person will isolate the discharged
or initially used part of the system and permit the reserve capacity to
be employed. The installation of an engine-driven pump is recommended
but is not required. The hydraulic cranking shall meet the requirements
prescribed in 46 CFR 58.30 and 46 CFR 61.10-5 of Subchapter F, Marine
Engineering Regulations. The hydraulic system when used in lifeboats as
engine cranking systems shall be leak-tested at its operating pressure
after installation.
(6) The following tools to perform emergency repairs and ordinary
servicing shall be provided:
One 12-ounce ball peen hammer.
One screwdriver with 6-inch blade.
One pair of 8-inch slip-joint pliers.
One 8-inch adjustable end wrench.
One 12-inch adjustable end wrench.
One Phillips or cross-head screwdriver with a 6-inch blade.
(b) Steel motor-propelled lifeboats without radio cabin or
searchlight (Class 1). (1) The engine shall be a reliable marine type
and shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. If
a starting battery is supplied, the engine shall be fitted with a marine
type generator or alternator insulated as required by AIEE rules for
marine service capable of charging the starting batteries. The battery
box shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
(c) Steel motor-propelled lifeboats without radio cabin but with
searchlight (Class 2). (1) The engine shall be of a reliable marine type
and shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. The
lifeboat shall be equipped with a searchlight constructed in accordance
with subpart 161.006 of this subchapter Q (Specifications). The engine
shall be fitted with a marine type generator or alternator insulated as
required by AIEE rules for marine service capable of charging the
batteries used for the searchlight as well as the starting batteries, if
fitted. The battery box shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of
this section.
(d) Steel motor-propelled lifeboats with radio cabin and searchlight
(Class 3). (1) The engine shall be a reliable, marine type and shall be
in accordance with paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. The engine shall
be fitted with a marine type generator or alternator insulated as
required by AIEE rules for marine service, capable of charging the
batteries used for the radio and searchlight as well as the starting
battery, if fitted.
(2) The radio and source of power for the radio and the searchlight
shall be housed and protected from the elements by a suitable radio
cabin. The entire installation shall comply with the requirements of the
Federal Communications Commission, Rules Governing Stations on Shipboard
in the Maritime Services. The radio cabin shall be of a size to contain
the radio and source of power for the radio and searchlight, and the
operator of the equipment. The top and sides of the radio cabin shall be
watertight with the exception of the door which need
[[Page 96]]
not be watertight but shall be at least weathertight. The installation
of the radio cabin shall take into consideration the concentration of
weight in this area.
(3) The searchlight shall be of an approved type constructed in
accordance with specification Subpart 161.006 of this subchapter and
shall be securely mounted on top of the radio cabin.
(4) The batteries shall be installed in a box securely fastened
inside the radio cabin. The battery box shall be in accordance with
paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 73-116R, 39 FR 12747, Apr. 8, 1974]
Sec. 160.035-6 Construction of aluminum oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.
(a) General. Aluminum lifeboats shall comply with the general
requirements for the construction and arrangement of steel lifeboats
unless otherwise specified.
(b) Specifications. The following specifications and schedules of
lifeboat material, including Tables 160.035-6, and 160.035-6(d)(1) shall
be complied with unless other arrangements in matters of construction
details, design, and strength equivalent in safety and efficiency are
approved by the Commandant.
[[Page 97]]
Table 160.035-6--Aluminum Lifeboats
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bar keel, Gunwales \1\ Shell plating (Brown and Sharpe gage) \2\
stem and -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Length of sternpost Independent air tanks Built-in-air tanks
boat not (inches) Angle bar Flanged flat ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
over --------------- (inches) 5086- bar (inches) 5052-H32 6061-T6 5052-H32 6061-T6
(feet) H112/6061-T6 5086-H112/6061----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5086-H112/ T6 Inner Inner
6061-T6 Side Bottom Side Bottom Side Bottom shell Bulkheads Side Bottom shell Bulkheads
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.0..... 2\3/4\x\3/4\ 2\1/4\x2x\5/
16\ 4x\5/16\ 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15
14.0..... 2\3/4\x\3/4\ 2\1/4\x2x\5/
16\ 4x\5/16\ 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15
16.0..... 2\3/4\x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2\1/
4\x\5/16\ 4\1/2\x\5/16\ 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15
18.0..... 3x\3/4\ 2\1/2\x2\1/
4\x\5/16\ 4\1/2\x\5/16\ 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15
20.0..... 3x1 2\3/4\x2\1/
2\x\5/16\ 5x\5/16\ 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 13 13 14 14
22.0..... 3x1 2\3/4\x2\1/
2\x\5/16\ 5x\5/16\ 12 12 12 12 13 12 14 14 13 13 14 14
24.0..... 3\1/4\x1 2\3/4\x2\1/
2\x\3/8\ 5x\3/8\ 11 11 11 11 11 11 13 13 12 12 14 14
26.0..... 3\1/2\x1 2\3/4\x2\1/
2\x\3/8\ 5x\3/8\ 10 9 11 10 11 10 12 12 11 11 13 13
28.0..... 3\3/4\x1 2\3/4\x2\1/
2\x\3/8\ 5x\3/8\ 9 8 10 9 10 9 12 12 11 10 13 13
30.0..... 4x1 3x2\3/4\x\3/8\ 5\1/2\x\3/8\ 9 8 9 8 9 8 11 11 10 9 12 12
32.0..... 4x1 3x2\3/4\x\3/8\ 5\1/2\x\3/8\ 8 7 9 8 9 8 11 11 10 9 12 12
34.0..... 4x1 3x2\3/4\x\3/8\ 5\1/2\x\3/8\ 8 7 8 7 8 7 10 10 9 8 11 11
36.0..... 4x1 3x2\3/4\x\3/8\ 5\1/2\x\3/8\ 7 6 8 7 8 7 10 10 9 8 11 11
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Extruded shapes having substantially the scantlings of the angle bar gunwale are permitted. Where extruded shapes are used, a nosing as per Sec. 160.035-3(j) is not required provided the
extruded shape has at its heel a generously rounded curve.
\2\ Brown and Sharpe gage decimal values: 15 gage equals 0.05707, 14 gage equals 0.06408; 13 gage equals 0.07196; 12 gage equals 0.08081; 11 gage equals 0.09074, 10 gage equals 0.1019; 9 gage
equals 0.1144; 8 gage equals 0.1285; 7 gage equals 0.1443, and 6 gage equals 0.1620.
[[Page 98]]
(c) Materials. (1) Plating for shell, air tanks, etc., shall be as
shown in Table 160.035-6.
(d) Riveting. (1) Where riveting is employed in the construction of
the shell, double riveting shall be used. The centers of the rivets in
the row nearest the edge of the sheet shall not be less than \3/8\ inch
nor more than \1/2\ inch from the edge. Rivets shall be staggered with
not less than 18 rivets to the foot and shall be countersunk head or
button head rivets. The diameter of the rivets shall be not less than
that shown in Table 160.035-6(d)(1).
(2) The rivet alloy shall be 6053-T61 for all applications.
(3) Riveting of the shell plating to the keel, stem and sternpost
shall be button head rivets, staggered with not less than 12 rivets to
the foot. The distance from the edge of the plate to the center of the
rivets in the nearest row shall be not less than \1/2\ inch nor more
than \3/4\ inch. Rivets connecting the shell to the gunwale shall be
spaced not more than 3 inches on centers. The size of the rivets for
connecting the shell plating to the keel, stem, and sternpost and
gunwale shall be not less than that shown in Table 160.035-6(d)(1).
(4) The connection of the floors to the shell shall be made by a
single row of rivets of a size not less than that shown in Table
160.035-6(d)(1).
Table 160.035-6(d)(1)--Riveting
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Length of Shell Shell to
boats, not (inch No./ keel (inch Floors Gunwales (inch
over--(feet) ft.) No./ft.) No./ft.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.0........ \5/32\@18 \5/16\@12 \3/16\''@4 per foot or \5/32\''@6 per foot................ \5/16\@4
14.0........ \5/32\@18 \5/16\@12 Do.................................................... \5/16\@4
16.0........ \5/32\@18 \5/16\@12 Do.................................................... \5/16\@4
18.0........ \5/32\@24 \5/16\@12 Do.................................................... \5/16\@4
20.0........ \5/32\@24 \5/16\@12 Do.................................................... \5/16\@4
22.0........ \5/32\@24 \5/16\@12 Do.................................................... \5/16\@4
24.0........ \5/32\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
26.0........ \5/32\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
28.0........ \5/32\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
30.0........ \3/16\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
32.0........ \3/16\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
34.0........ \3/16\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
36.0........ \3/16\@24 \3/8\@12 Do.................................................... \3/8\@4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Welding. (1) Welding may be substituted for riveting in the
following locations: Hoist plate to keel, disengaging gear grace plate
to stem and sternpost, rudder attachment fitting to the sternpost, and
the propeller shaft stern tube to the sternpost. When using 6061-T6
aluminum, the welded area is to be heat-treated and checked by X-ray to
assure a satisfactory weld. When using 5086-H 112 aluminum, the welded
area is to be checked by a nondestructive test method such as X-ray,
ultrasonic waves or fluorescent materials, to assure a satisfactory
weld. Other methods of checking aluminum welds will be given separate
consideration. The welding shall be performed by a welder qualified by
the U.S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy
Department, and only suitable electrodes shall be used. Details of the
joints shall be indicated on the construction drawings submitted for
approval.
(f) Keel, stem and sternpost. (1) Dimensions shall be not less than
those shown in Table 160.035-6.
(g) Shell plating. (1) The thickness of the shell plating shall be
not less than that shown in Table 160.035-6.
(2) Doubler plates. (i) The doubler plates shall be fitted on all
lifeboats where the shell is liable to damage, wear, or corrosion from
contact with chocks, gripes, etc. Doublers shall be of the same alloy
and not less in thickness than the bottom plating. When the doublers are
installed, they shall not be less than 6 inches in width.
(ii) The doublers shall be fastened to the shell plating with the
same rivets as required for the shell plating and they shall be
staggered with no less
[[Page 99]]
than 18 rivets per foot around all edges of the doubler plate.
(iii) Prior to riveting, the complete surface between the shell
plating and the doublers shall be treated with suitable insulating
compounds. After riveting the faying joints shall be caulked.
(iv) All riveted seams and butt laps, laps of plating on the keel,
gunwale, stem and sternpost, shall be made over boundary bar tape such
as: P.A.W. tape, Trantex V-20 vinyl tape, EC-1202 Butyl rubber tape,
Alumilastic or suitable equivalent nonabsorbing materials. In general
the insulating tape should be 1\1/4\ to 1\1/2\ inches in width. Under no
circumstances should red lead be applied nor should an absorbent felt be
used as tape in the riveted joint whether or not it is saturated with
red lead.
(h) Gunwales. (1) Dimensions of angular gunwales shall be not less
than that shown in Table 160.035-6.
(2) Flanged plates made from flat bars, dimensions of which shall
not be less than that shown in Table 160.035-6, may be substituted for
angular gunwales.
(i) Dissimilar metals. (1) Where in the construction of aluminum
lifeboats the use of dissimilar metals are employed such as, the
installation of the mechanical disengaging gear, hand propelling gear,
or engine, suitable insulation between the aluminum and these metals
shall be used. Porous or absorbent materials shall not be used as
insulating materials. Only non-porous materials such as plastics, rubber
or neoprene base compounds, or micarta shall be used. Other suitable
material will be given separate consideration. Fasteners used in joining
dissimilar metals together shall be of the type that will minimize
corrosion.
Sec. 160.035-7 Construction of wood oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.
(a) Wooden lifeboats are prohibited on tank vessels. No
specification requirements for new construction are in effect at this
time.
Sec. 160.035-8 Construction of fibrous glass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.), oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.
(a) General requirements. (1) Plastic lifeboats shall comply with
the general requirements for the construction and arrangement of steel
lifeboats, except that unless otherwise specified, materials,
scantlings, methods of construction, fastenings, methods of attachment
of component parts, and other specific construction details may be
varied by the builder in order to produce a structurally sound boat
meeting in every respect recognized standards of first class
construction and one which will satisfactorily meet the performance
requirements set forth in this subpart.
(2) Fibrous glass reinforced plastic lifeboats may be of the
following categories of hull construction:
A--Single piece, outer hull construction.
B--Two piece, outer hull construction.
C--Single piece, inner hull construction.
D--Two piece, inner hull construction.
E--Multi-piece, inner hull construction.
(b) Specific requirements--(1) Resin. The resin used shall be of the
fire retardant, nonair inhibited-type conforming to Class A of Military
Specification MIL-R-21607 and Grade A, Class O of Military Specification
MIL-R-7575, including tests after 1 year's weathering. In addition, the
test panels shall be tested for continued conformance with Military
Specification MIL-R-21607. All tests, including weathering of samples,
shall be accomplished by an independent laboratory. Complete
certification by the independent laboratory with test data shall be
submitted to Coast Guard (G-MSE) for acceptance. Class A resin shall be
fire retardant without additives. Class B resins will be given
consideration upon request. Class B resin shall be fire retardant with
additives and shall meet the same test requirements as that for Class A
resins. When Class B resin is used for the prototype lifeboat, additives
for fire retardancy shall not be used in order to obtain a translucent
laminate for inspection purposes. This prototype test lifeboat will not
be
[[Page 100]]
stamped approved, nor will it be acceptable for merchant vessels.
Whichever class of resin the manufacturer decides to use for his
prototype lifeboat, shall be used in his production lifeboats. A note to
this effect shall be included in his specifications and drawings for
this particular size and type lifeboat.
(2) Glass reinforcement. The glass reinforcement used shall have
good laminated wet strength retention and shall meet the appropriate
military specification stated in this paragraph. Glass cloth shall meet
Military Specification MIL-Y-1140, Class C, form 4, No. 1000-150. Woven
roving shall conform to Military Specification MIL-C-19663, Style 605-
308 or Style 605-604. Other glass materials equivalent in strength,
design, wet out, and efficiency will be given consideration upon
request.
(3) Laminate. All exposed surfaces of the finished laminate shall
present a smooth finish, and there shall be no protruding surface
fibers, open voids, pits, cracks, bubbles or blisters. The laminate
shall be essentially free from resin-starved or overimpregnated areas,
and no foreign matter shall remain in the finished laminate. The entire
laminate shall be fully cured and free of tackiness, and shall show no
tendency to delaminate, peel, or craze in any overlay. The laminate
shall not be released from the mold until a Barcol hardness reading of
not less than 40-55 is obtained from at least 10 places on the nongel
coated surface, including all interior inner and outer hull surfaces and
built-in lockers. The mechanical properties of the laminate shall meet
the requirements for a Grade 3 laminate as specified in Table I of
Military Specification MIL-P-17549. Other grades will be given
consideration on specific request. For the prototype boat of each design
made by each manufacturer, the layup shall be made of unpigmented clear
resins so that all details of construction will be visible for
inspection and test panels representative of each prototype layup shall
be tested in accordance with MIL-P-17549.
(4) Weights of F.R.P. lifeboats. (i) The variations in weight
between the fibrous glass reinforced plastic in the prototype F.R.P.
lifeboat and the fibrous glass reinforced plastic in the production
F.R.P. lifeboat shall be within 5 percent. This weight shall be for the
F.R.P. sections only and shall not include the weight of any hardware or
equipment.
(ii) When assembling two similar sections as indicated by categories
B and D of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the weights of the matching
F.R.P. pieces shall be within 5 percent of each other.
(iii) The recorded weights of the items indicated in paragraphs
(b)(4) (i) and (ii) of this section shall be kept by the manufacturer,
with each boat listed by size, type, and serial number.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072,
60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.035-9 Cubic capacity of lifeboats.
(a) Definitions. The following definitions apply to the measurement
of a lifeboat to determine its cubic capacity.
(1) Length (L). The length is the distance in feet from the inside
of the plating or planking at the stem to the corresponding position at
the stern. In the case of a boat with a square stern, the after terminus
is the inside of the transom.
(2) Breadth (B). The breadth is the distance in feet over the
plating or planking at the point where the breadth of the boat is
greatest.
(3) Depth (D). The depth is the distance in feet amidships inside
the plating from the top of the keel to the level of the gunwale. The
depth used for calculating purposes shall not exceed 45 percent of the
breadth.
(4) Sheer. Lifeboats shall have a sheer at each end at least equal
to 4 percent of the length, and a sheer at the quarter points of at
least 1 percent of the length. If less sheer is provided, the depth used
to determine the cubic capacity shall be assumed to be reduced so as to
achieve this minimum sheer.
(b) Formula. The cubic capacity shall be determined by the following
formula:
[[Page 101]]
L x B x D x 0.64
In the case of lifeboats with unusual proportions, the Commandant may
require that the cubic capacity be calculated by exact measurements from
which the exact seating capacity may be determined.
(c) Hand-propelled lifeboat. The cubic capacity of a hand-propelled
lifeboat shall be determined in the same manner as an oar-propelled
lifeboat and then deducting from the gross volume, a volume equal to
that occupied by the hand-propelling gear.
(d) Motor-propelled lifeboat. The cubic capacity of a motor-
propelled lifeboat shall be determined in the same manner as an oar-
propelled lifeboat and then deducting from the gross volume, a volume
equal to the engine box and accessories, and when carried, the radio
cabin, searchlight, and their accessories. The volume of such equipment
extending above the sheer line need not be deducted.
Sec. 160.035-10 Number of persons allowed in lifeboats.
(a) The maximum number of persons for which the lifeboat may be
rated is determined as noted in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this
section. The smallest number obtained is the number to be used.
(1) The number of persons which a lifeboat shall be permitted to
accommodate shall be equal to the greatest whole number obtained by
dividing the capacity in cubic feet by the factor shown in Table
160.035-10(a). The net cubic capacity shall be determined by
Sec. 160.035-9(b).
Table 160.035-10(a)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Length in feet--
-------------------------------------------------------------- Factor
Of-- But less than--
------------------------------------------------------------------------
18..................... 14
18.................................. 20..................... 13
20.................................. 22..................... 12
22.................................. 24..................... 11
24.................................. Or over................ 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) The number of persons permitted in the lifeboat shall not
exceed the number for which seating space is provided as determined by
drawing figures to scale of a size as noted in Figure 160.035-10(a)(2)
on an arrangement plan of the lifeboat.
(3) The number of persons permitted in the lifeboat shall not exceed
the number of persons wearing life preservers which can be seated in the
lifeboat without interfering with the use of the oars or the operation
of other propulsion equipment.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.068
Figure 160.035-10(a)(2)
[[Page 102]]
Sec. 160.035-11 Inspection and testing of lifeboats.
(a) General. Coast Guard marine inspectors shall be admitted to any
place in the builder's factory where work is done on these lifeboats or
component materials or parts. Lifeboats shall be inspected during the
course of construction to determine that the arrangements and materials
entering into the construction are in accordance with approved plans,
and to insure that the workmanship is of good quality. Samples of
materials entering into construction may be taken by the marine
inspectors for such tests as may be deemed necessary at any time there
is any question as to suitability or adequacy of any material or
arrangement.
(b) Preapproval tests. Before approval is granted to any design of
lifeboat, the following tests shall be made by a marine inspector:
(1) Strength test. The light lifeboat shall be suspended by shackles
at the bow and stern, or by means of the releasing gear, and the length,
beam, and depth shall be measured. Weights shall then be added to equal
the weight of the equipment, food, water, etc., and persons for which
the boat is to be approved, and the length, beam, and depth measured.
Additional weight shall then be added so that the suspended load is 25
percent greater than the weight of the fully equipped and loaded
lifeboat and the measurements repeated. All weights shall then be
removed and the measurements rechecked. There shall be no appreciable
set as a result of this test.
(2) Flooding test. Lifeboats shall be flooded while open to the sea
to determine the amount of buoyancy necessary to float the complete boat
including releasing gear but with no equipment, provision lockers, water
tanks, or fuel tanks aboard. If provision lockers, water tanks, and fuel
tanks cannot be removed, they should be flooded or filled to the final
waterline. Lifeboats fitted with watertight stowage compartments to
accommodate individual drinking water containers shall have these
individual containers aboard and placed in the stowage compartments
which shall be sealed watertight during the flooding test. Ballast of
equivalent weight and density should be substituted for the motor,
shaft, propeller, radio battery, searchlight, etc., if they are to be
installed.
(i) Boats with independent buoyancy tanks or buoyancy units. The
estimated amount of buoyancy to just float the boat in this condition
should be fitted symmetrically aboard the lifeboat, and then the boat
flooded. If the tops of the gunwales at their lowest point do not clear
the surface of the water, the buoyancy shall be increased as necessary.
An additional volume of buoyancy, or buoyancy units, equal to at least
one-tenth the cubic capacity of the lifeboat shall be provided.
(ii) Boats with built-in buoyancy compartments. When flood testing
lifeboats with built-in buoyancy compartments weights shall be placed in
the bottom of the lifeboat to counteract the buoyancy provided for the
persons to be carried. The amount of weight required per person carried
shall be as follows:
Weight per
person
Materials (pounds)
Iron or steel.............................................. 72
Lead....................................................... 69
Concrete................................................... 110
Other impervious material may be used if more convenient. The weight per
person required is determined from the formula
W=63dd-63
where d is the density of material in pounds per cubic foot (Sandbags
should not be used for this purpose inasmuch as their weight under water
is not readily predictable.) If the lifeboat weighted as above does not
float with the gunwale at the lowest point just clear of the surface of
the water, unit air tanks should be slipped beneath the thwarts until
the gunwales do clear the surface of the water. The additional air
tankage required shall be incorporated in the design of the lifeboat.
(3) Seating capacity test. The lifeboat shall be fully loaded with
equipment, and in this condition the number of persons for which the
lifeboat is to be approved shall be seated, in accordance with the
seating plan required in Sec. 160.035-14(a). All persons shall wear an
approved life preserver and it shall be demonstrated by actual test that
there
[[Page 103]]
is sufficient room to row the boat without interference.
(4) Freeboard test. Freeboards shall be measured to the low point of
the sheer with the lifeboat in light condition with neither equipment
nor persons aboard, and in the loaded condition with full equipment and
persons aboard.
(5) Stability test. Upon the conclusion of the seating test, all
persons on one side of the centerline shall disembark. The remaining
people should sit upright and not move from their original positions.
(Not less than one-half in total number of persons should remain in the
lifeboat.) Freeboard to the low point of sheer shall then be measured.
This freeboard should, in general, be not less than 10 percent of the
depth of the lifeboat.
(c) Motor-propelled lifeboats must pass the tests as required for an
oar-propelled lifeboat in Sec. 160.035-3. In addition, speed tests over
a measured course and fuel consumption tests on a time basis shall be
made to determine that the fully loaded motor-propelled lifeboats can
maintain a speed of 6 knots for all classes of motor-propelled
lifeboats, and that for each class of motor-propelled lifeboat its fuel
tanks carry sufficient fuel for at least 24 hours at 6 knots. A 4-hour
endurance trial shall be conducted with the fully loaded lifeboat at the
RPM attained in the speed test in order to insure that there is no
overheating, undue vibration, or other condition which would warrant the
belief that the lifeboat could not maintain its proper speed for 24
hours. The time consumed in conducting the speed and fuel consumption
tests may be counted toward the 4-hour endurance test. It shall be
demonstrated that all engines installed in motor lifeboats can be
started by the acceptable cranking system installed with no previous
warming up period.
(d) Hand-propelled lifeboats shall be subjected to the same tests as
required for an oar-propelled lifeboat. In addition, a test shall be
made to assure that the lifeboat can be satisfactorily maneuvered with
the hand-propelling gear. A speed of at least three knots shall be
achieved in both light and load condition over a measured course of not
less than 1,000 feet.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17040, Aug. 24, 1972]
Sec. 160.035-12 Additional preapproval tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats.
(a) General. These tests are required in addition to the preapproval
tests required for steel lifeboats in Sec. 160.035-11. The prototype
boat of each size or design submitted will be required to perform
satisfactorily in the following tests which will be made in the presence
of a marine inspector.
(b) Strength test. The following tests described in this paragraph
are in lieu of the strength test in Sec. 160.035-11(b)(1):
(1) Suspension tests. The light lifeboat shall be suspended freely
from the releasing gear and the length, beam, and depth measured.
Weights shall then be added to equal the weight of the equipment, food,
water, and persons to be carried (see Sec. 160.035-11(b)(2)(ii)), and
the length, beam, and depth measured. Additional weights shall then be
added so that the suspended load is 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent greater
than the weight of the fully equipped and loaded lifeboat and the
measurements taken at each 25 percent increments. (Water may be used for
all or any portion of the weight if desired.) All weights shall then be
removed and final measurements taken. There shall be no fractures or
other signs of excessive stress and no appreciable set as a result of
this test.
(2) Chock test. The light lifeboat shall be placed on blocks located
under the keel at the quarter points and measurements of length, beam,
and depth taken. The boat shall be flooded with water equal to the
weight of all equipment, food, water, and persons to be carried and
measurements of length, beam, and depth taken again. Additional
measurements of 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent of the weight of the fully
equipped and loaded lifeboat shall be added and the measurements taken
at 25 percent increments. If the boat becomes full of water before 100
percent overload is reached, no additional weight need be added, and the
last deflection measurements with the boat under load shall be taken at
this point.
[[Page 104]]
The boat shall be drained and final measurements taken. There shall be
no fractures or other signs of excessive stress and no appreciable set
as a result of this test.
(3) Swing test. The boat shall be loaded with weights equal to the
weight of all equipment, food, water and persons to be carried. It shall
then be suspended by the releasing gear with falls 20 feet in length so
arranged that when hanging freely the gunwale on one side of the boat is
approximately 2 inches from a stationary concrete or steel wall or other
structure of similar construction and rigidity. The boat shall then be
hauled outboard a horizontal distance of 8 feet from its original
position. From this point, the boat shall be allowed to freely swing
inboard and strike the wall along one side. There shall be no damage
which would render the boat unserviceable.
(4) Drop test. The boat shall be loaded with weights equal to the
full weight of all equipment, food, water and persons to be carried. The
boat shall then be suspended freely from the releasing gear and shall be
dropped in a free fall into the water from a height of 10 feet. There
shall be no damage which would render the boat unserviceable.
(5) Thwart test. A 200-pound sand bag shall be dropped from a height
of 6 feet on the center of each thwart span. The thwarts shall not
fracture or otherwise be rendered unserviceable.
(6) Towing test. With a towline rigged around the forward thwart in
the same manner as the sea painter is normally rigged, the fully loaded
lifeboat shall be towed at least 1,000 yards at a speed of not less than
5 knots. The boat shall exhibit satisfactory towing characteristics and
there shall be no appreciable damage to the thwart.
(7) Tanks and lockers. Equipment tanks and watertight lockers shall
be tested with not less than 1.0 p.s.i. of air pressure both before and
after the tests described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this
section.
Sec. 160.035-13 Testing and inspection after approval.
(a) General. After the design of a lifeboat has been approved,
subsequent lifeboats of the same design shall be individually inspected
and tested as noted in Sec. 160.035-11(a) for metal lifeboats and
paragraph (b) of this section for FRP. lifeboats. In addition, motors
and band-propelling gear when installed shall be operated in the
``ahead'', ``neutral'', and ``astern'' positions. If mechanical
disengaging apparatus is fitted, it shall be tested by suspending the
lifeboat loaded with deadweight equivalent to the number of persons
allowed in the lifeboat (165 pounds per person) together with the weight
of the equipment, plus 10 percent of the total load, including the
weight of the lifeboat. The release lever shall then be thrown over with
this load suspended until the lifeboat is released. The apparatus shall
be capable of being operated freely by one man, without the use of aids
or undue force to the satisfaction of the marine inspector. (This test
may be conducted ashore by suspending the lifeboat just clear of the
ground.)
(b) Additional production inspection and tests for FRP. lifeboats--
(1) Inspection requirements. Each production model fibrous glass
reinforced plastic lifeboat shall as a condition to its being accepted
as Coast Guard approved equipment, be examined by a marine inspector at
the following stages in its manufacture:
(i) When the major, individual components of the shell and inner
hull or buoyancy casing are completed but before they are assembled
together. At this stage the marine inspector shall satisfy himself that
these components comply with the approved plans and specifications by
visual inspection, thickness measurements and comparison of the weights
of the components with the weights recorded for the same components in
the prototype.
(ii) At the time the internal buoyancy is installed. If block
plastic foam is used, it shall be inspected after it has been cut to
size and shaped but before it is inserted and covered. The installation
shall be completed in the presence of the marine inspector and he shall
verify that the required amount is used by weighing the material. If
foamed-in-place plastic foam is used, the marine inspector shall be
present during the foaming operation. A sample of the foam shall be
retained outside the boat and when it sets it
[[Page 105]]
shall be used to make a density determination of the material.
(iii) When the boat is completed. At this stage the marine inspector
shall check the scantlings of the minor components and the overall
compliance with the plans. The manufacturer shall certify that the
materials used are in accordance with the approved bill of materials.
(2) Test requirements. After the inspections listed in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section are completed, the following tests are to be
carried out to the satisfaction of the marine inspector:
(i) The boat shall be suspended freely from the releasing gear and
the length, breadth and depth measured. The boat shall then be flooded
with water equal to 1\1/2\ times the weight of the boat, persons,
equipment, and provisions and fuel (if motor driven) less the weight of
the boat. This is represented by the following formula:
Water added=1.5 x (empty boat + equipment + provisions + fuel +
people) - empty boat
The length, breadth and depth shall be measured in this loaded condition
and, again, after the load has been removed. The loaded deflections and
the permanent deformations shall not significantly exceed those recorded
for the prototype in the pre-approval tests. Also, while flooded, the
exterior of the hull shall be examined for leaks or other defects. After
the boat is drained, the attachment of the release gear shall be
carefully examined.
(ii) All provision tanks shall be tested by a static head above the
tank top of 2 feet of water without showing leakage or permanent
deformation.
(iii) The plastic fuel tanks shall be tested by a static head above
the tank top of 10 feet of water without showing leakage or permanent
deformation.
(c) Marking. (1) A corrosion resistant nameplate shall be affixed at
the bow of each lifeboat on which is stamped the name of the
manufacturer, serial number, approval number, dimensions of the
lifeboat, cubic capacity, buoyancy capacity, net weight of the boat in
Condition A and Condition B, the number of persons for which the
lifeboat is approved, together with the Marine Inspection Office
identification letters, the date, and the letters U.S.C.G. Condition A
includes buoyancy and water tanks and provision stowage compartments but
no equipment, provisions, water or persons. Condition B includes full
required provisions and equipment, persons allowed at 10 cubic feet or
by seating test whichever is less at 165 pounds and 3 quarts of water
(6.25 pounds)--per person.
[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR
17040, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]
Sec. 160.035-14 Procedure for approval of lifeboats.
(a) Before action is taken on any design of lifeboat, plans covering
fully the arrangement and construction of the lifeboat, material
specifications, together with a lines drawing, stowage arrangement,
seating arrangement, and other details shall be submitted to the
Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which
the lifeboat is built. The plans for approval must be detailed to a
degree that the lifeboat can be constructed from the plans submitted.
(b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are
satisfactory, the manufacturer shall notify the Commander of the Coast
Guard District in which the lifeboat is built in writing when
fabrication is to commence. A marine inspector will be assigned to
witness the construction procedure in accordance with the plans, verify
the tests required by Sec. 160.035-11 for metal lifeboats and
Sec. 160.035-12 for additional tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats.
Also, the manufacturer shall provide the necessary tools and facilities
required to conduct the tests. The Coast Guard shall have the right to
require such other additional tests as reasonably may be deemed
necessary, either with the completed boat or component parts, depending
upon the particular construction methods and materials used by the
builder, or any unusual conditions or circumstances which may arise
during the construction or testing.
(c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the
manufacturer shall present to the marine inspector four corrected copies
of the plans noted
[[Page 106]]
in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, changes, or
additions which may have been found necessary during construction or
testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set of approved
plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
(d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test
reports, the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change
shall be made in the design or construction without first receiving
permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard
District in which the lifeboat is built.
Subpart 160.036--Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress
Signals
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73081, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.036-1 Incorporation by reference.
(a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names,
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, December 1976.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this
section was obtained from the director of the Federal Register on
November 1, 1979. The material is on file in the Federal Register
library.
Sec. 160.036-2 Type.
(a) Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress signals
specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist
essentially of a completely self-contained device which can be fired
from the hand to provide a rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress
signal.
Sec. 160.036-3 Materials, workmanship, construction and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials used in handheld rocket-propelled
parachute red flare distress signals shall conform strictly to the
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved
by the Commandant. In general, all exposed parts shall be corrosion-
resistant or properly protected against corrosion.
(b) Workmanship. Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare
distress signals shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free
from imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may
affect their serviceability.
(c) Construction. The exterior case of the cartridge shall be made
of a suitable metal and shall protect against the entrance of moisture.
The construction shall be such that the parachute and pyrotechnic candle
will be expelled at approximately the maximum altitude reached.
(d) Performance. Signals shall meet all of the inspection and test
requirements contained in Sec. 160.036-4.
Sec. 160.036-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval
under Sec. 160.036-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot
must not be represented as meeting this Subpart or as being approved by
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records
[[Page 107]]
shall be kept of the reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on
the rejected lot, and the results of the second test.
(1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started
with:
(i) Any change in construction details,
(ii) Any changes in sources of raw materials, or
(iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a
previously discontinued production line.
(2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals,
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Inspections and test by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no
lots are produced during this period. If less than four lots are
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
(c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and
tested as follows:
(1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.036-4(c)(1)
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table
160.036-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes
when fired or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.036-4(c)).
(2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as
follows:
(i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistence. Immerse
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
(ii) Firing and operating characteristics. Signals shall fire and
operate satisfactorily when the manufacturer's directions are followed.
The parachute and pyrotechnic candle shall be ejected
[[Page 108]]
at approximately the maximum altitude reached by the projectile case.
The parachute shall open and properly suspend the pyrotechnic candle
without fouling. The pyrotechnic candle shall burn with uniform
intensity and without damaging the parachute, shrouds, or leader line.
(iii) Altitude. The altitude reached by a signal is considered to be
the height at which the parachute and pyrotechnic candle are ejected
from the projectile case, as determined by visual observation against an
object of known height, such as a tower or balloon, or by triangulation
from two or more points of observation, or by other method satisfactory
to the Commandant. The altitude reached shall be not less than 150 m
(500 ft.).
(iv) Rate of descent. The rate of descent of a signal is considered
to be the calculated average rate obtained by dividing the altitude by
the time of descent to the surface. The rate of descent shall not exceed
4.5 m (15 ft.) per second.
(v) Burning time. The burning time of the pyrotechnic candle shall
be obtained by stop watch measurement from the time a distinct,
sustained flame is emitted until it ceases. The burning time shall be
not less than 30 seconds.
Table 160.036-4(c)(1)--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumula-
Individual tive
Lot size sample Sample sample Accept\1\ Reject\1\
size size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or 8 First.................. 8 (\2\) 400
less. Second................. 16 100 500
Third.................. 24 200 600
Fourth................. 32 300 700
Fifth.................. 40 500 800
Sixth.................. 48 700 900
Seventh................ 56 950 951
281 to 13 First.................. 13 0 400
500. Second................. 26 100 600
Third.................. 39 300 800
Fourth................. 52 500 1,000
Fifth.................. 65 700 1,100
Sixth.................. 78 1,000 1,200
Seventh................ 91 1,350 1,351
501 to 20 First.................. 20 0 500
1,200. Second................. 40 300 800
Third.................. 60 600 1,000
Fourth................. 80 800 1,300
Fifth.................. 100 1,100 1,500
Sixth.................. 120 1,400 1,700
Seventh................ 140 1,850 1,851
1,201 to 32 First.................. 32 100 700
3,200. Second................. 64 400 1,000
Third.................. 96 800 1,300
Fourth................. 128 1,200 1,700
Fifth.................. 160 1,700 2,000
Sixth.................. 192 2,100 2,300
Seventh................ 224 2,550 2,551
More 50 First.................. 50 200 900
than Second................. 100 700 1,400
3,201. Third.................. 150 1,300 1,900
Fourth................. 200 1,900 2,500
Fifth.................. 250 2,500 2,900
Sixth.................. 300 3,100 3,300
Seventh................ 350 3,750 3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.
Table 160.036-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage
Kind of defect of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to fire......................................... 100
b. Failure to eject projectile contents.................... 100
c. Failure to ignite pyrotechnic candle.................... 100
d. Failure of parachute to open completely................. 75
e. Complete carrying away or destruction of parachute...... 75
f. Altitude less than 70 pct of that required.............. 100
[[Page 109]]
g. Altitude less than 70 pct but less than 80 pct of that
required.................................................. 75
h. Altitude at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of that
required.................................................. 50
i. Altitude at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of that
required.................................................. 25
j. Average rate of descent greater than four times maximum
permitted................................................. 100
k. Average rate of descent less than 4 but greater than 3
times maximum permitted................................... 75
l. Average rate of descent less than 3 but greater than 2
times maximum permitted................................... 50
m. Average rate of descent less than twice but greater than
maximum permitted......................................... 25
n. Burning time less than 70 pct of that required.......... 100
o. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of
that required............................................. 75
p. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of
that required............................................. 50
q. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of
that required............................................. 25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 110]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.010
[[Page 111]]
(d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
(1) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each pyrotechnic
candle tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent
photometric device while the specimen is supported in a horizontal
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and
recorded at approximately 5-second intervals during the burning of the
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.).
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 10 cm (4 in.)
per minute. The luminous intensity of the specimen shall be computed as
the arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous
intensity of a specimen shall be not less than 20,000 candela.
(2) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C.
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for ten days. If for any
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period.
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall fire and operate
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
(3) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. with not more than
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
(4) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red
as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm (12'' x
24'') are used. Except for a negligible amount of stray daylight, the
first test plate is illuminated by light from the specimen placed at a
distance of about 1.5 m (5 ft.). The second test plate is illuminated
only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at a color temperature
close to 2,848 deg. K at a distance of about 30 cm (1 ft.). The first
plate is viewed directly, the second through combinations of Lovibond
red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to approximate a
chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a wide
unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45 deg.), it is
possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of the
1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in Section 10 of ``The Universal Color
Language'').
Sec. 160.036-5 Marking.
(a) General. Each hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare
distress signal shall be legibly marked or labeled as follows:
(Company brand or style designation) Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled
Parachute Red Flare Distress Signal--20,000 candela--30 seconds burning
time. Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted. Directions--(In
numbered paragraphs, simply worded instructions for firing the device).
Service Life Expiration Date (date to be inserted by manufacturer)
(Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. ----) Manufactured by (Name and
address of manufacturer) U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. ----.
(b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
(c) Other marking. (1) On each hand-held rocket propelled parachute
red flare distress signal there shall be die-stamped in figures not less
than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high, on the signal, numbers indicating the month
and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June, 1954.
[[Page 112]]
(2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month
and year of manufacture.
(3) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing
carton or box containing signals, each carton or box shall be plainly
and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, date of
manufacture, and lot number.
(4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep
under cover in a dry place.''
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances
Act.
Sec. 160.036-6 Container.
(a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must
be:
Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals
Sec. 160.036-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.037--Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73085, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.037-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
(1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication
440, December 1976.
(2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report
4792, July 1956.
(b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
(c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE),
U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal
Register library.
[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73085, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7,
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733,
Sept. 27, 1996]
Sec. 160.037-2 Type.
(a) Hand orange smoke distress signals specified by this subpart
shall be one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to
which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle
end, the casing being filled with a smoke producing composition and fuse
with button of ignition material at the top, and a removable cap having
a friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by
pulling a tear strip. The signal is ignited by scraping the friction
striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the body
of the signal. Alternate arrangements which conform to the performance
requirements of this specification will be given special consideration.
Sec. 160.037-3 Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved
by the Commandant. The color of the tube shall be orange. The
combustible materials shall be of such nature as will not deteriorate
during long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates,
or both.
[[Page 113]]
(b) Workmanship. Hand orange smoke distress signals shall be of
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their
serviceability. Moisture proof coatings shall be applied uniformly and
shall be free from pinholes or other visible defects which would impair
their usefulness.
(c) Construction. The casing shall be fitted and secured to the
handle with not less than a 25 mm (1 in.) overlap and shall be attached
to the handle in such a manner that failure of the joint will not occur
during tests, ignition, or operation. The plug shall be securely affixed
in the casing to separate the smoke composition from the wooden handle.
The smoke composition shall be thoroughly mixed and be uniformly
compresssed throughout to preclude variations of density which may
adversely affect uniformity of its smoke emitting characteristics. The
cap shall have a lap fit of not less than 25 mm (1 in.) over the end of
the casing and smoke composition to entirely and securely protect the
exposed surface of the igniter button and end of smoke composition and
casing, and shall have an inner shoulder so constructed that it is
mechanically impossible for the inner surface of the cap to come in
contact with the igniter button. The cap shall be securely attached to
the casing in such manner as to preclude its accidental detachment. The
cap shall be provided on its top with a friction striking material which
shall, by a pull of the tear strip, be entirely exposed for striking the
friction igniter button. The igniter button shall be non-water soluble
or be protected from moisture by a coating of some waterproof substance,
and shall be raised or exposed in such manner as to provide positive
ignition by the friction striker. The igniter button shall be firmly
secured in or on the top of the smoke composition; the arrangement shall
be such that the ignition will be transmitted to the smoke producing
composition. The assembled signal, consisting of tear strip, cap,
casing, and handle, shall be sealed and treated to protect the signal
from deterioration by moisture. The protective waterproof coating shall
be applied so none adheres to the friction striking surface. Special
consideration will be given to alternate waterproofing of the signal by
means of a water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a
sealed plastic waterproof bag satisfactory to the Commandant.
(d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test
requirements contained in Sec. 160.037-4.
Sec. 160.037-4 Approval and production tests.
(a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval
under Sec. 160.037-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
(b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and
the results of the second test.
(1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started
with:
(i) Any change in construction details,
(ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
(iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a
previously discontinued production line.
(2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering
into
[[Page 114]]
construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, to
determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of
this Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no
lots are produced during this period. If less than four lots are
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
(c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and
tested as follows:
(1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.037-4(c)(1)
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defeats (Table
160.037-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the
lot is accepted. If the sum is equal to or more than the reject
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes
when fired, or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.037-4(c)).
(2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as
follows:
(i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
If the signal is protected by alternate waterproofing consisting of a
water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic
waterproof bag, the 24-hour water immersion conditioning will be
conducted while the signal is in the sealed plastic waterproof bag and
will be followed by an additional immersion of the bare signal (i.e.,
after removal from the bag) 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water
for a period of 10 minutes.
(ii) Waterproofing of igniter button. Remove the cap from the test
specimen. Place head of specimen without cap about 25 mm (1 in.) under
the surface of water for approximately 5 minutes. Remove specimen from
the water and wipe dry.
(iii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to directions
printed on the signal. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be
obtained by stop watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained
smoke emission until it ceases. The watch shall be
[[Page 115]]
stopped during periods of flame emission. The smoke emitting time for a
specimen shall be not less than 50 seconds.
(iv) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. The plug
separating the smoke producing composition from the handle shall in no
case allow flame or hot gases to pass through it or between it and the
casing in such manner as might burn the hand while holding the signal by
the handle.
Table 160.037-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumula-
Individual tive
Lot size sample Sample sample Accept\1\ Reject\1\
size size
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or 8 First.................. 8 (\2\) 400
less. Second................. 16 100 500
Third.................. 24 200 600
Fourth................. 32 300 700
Fifth.................. 40 500 800
Sixth.................. 48 700 900
Seventh................ 56 950 951
281 to 13 First.................. 13 0 400
500. Second................. 26 100 600
Third.................. 39 300 800
Fourth................. 52 500 1,000
Fifth.................. 65 700 1,100
Sixth.................. 78 1,000 1,200
Seventh................ 91 1,350 1,351
501 to 20 First.................. 20 0 500
1,200. Second................. 40 300 800
Third.................. 60 600 1,000
Fourth................. 80 800 1,300
Fifth.................. 100 1,100 1,500
Sixth.................. 120 1,400 1,700
Seventh................ 140 1,850 1,851
1,201 to 32 First.................. 32 100 700
3,200. Second................. 64 400 1,000
Third.................. 96 800 1,300
Fourth................. 128 1,200 1,700
Fifth.................. 160 1,700 2,000
Sixth.................. 192 2,100 2,300
Seventh................ 224 2,550 2,551
More 50 First.................. 50 200 900
than Second................. 100 700 1,400
3,201. Third.................. 150 1,300 1,900
Fourth................. 200 1,900 2,500
Fifth.................. 250 2,500 2,900
Sixth.................. 300 3,100 3,300
Seventh................ 350 3,750 3,751
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.
Table 160.037-4(c)(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage
Kind of defects of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite....................................... 100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................ 50
c. Non-uniform smoke-emitting rate......................... 50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 pct of specified time.. 100
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct
of specified time......................................... 75
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct
of specified time......................................... 50
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 pct but less than 100
pct of specified time..................................... 25
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 116]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.011
[[Page 117]]
(d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
(1) Underwater smoke emission. Condition each sample in accordance
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until smoke emission
ceases. The test specimen shall burn underwater not less than 10 seconds
when subjected to this test.
(2) Bending strength. Place the specimen on supports 15 cm (6 in.)
apart. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the
weight from the supported signal by looping the wire around the signal
approximately equidistant from the two points of support. Let the weight
hang approximately 5 minutes. The test specimen shall not deflect more
than 7 mm (\1/4\ in.), nor shall the joint between the casing and the
handle fail when subjected to this test.
(3) Tensile strength. Place the specimen in a chuck firmly holding
it about 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) below the cap. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77
lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the weight from the supported signal by
looping the wire through a hole bored perpendicular to and through the
axis of the handle. Let the weight hang approximately 5 minutes. The
test specimen shall not show noticeable distortion, nor shall the joint
between the casing and handle fail, when subjected to this test.
(4) Elevated temperature, humidity and storage. Place specimen in a
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with
not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove specimen
and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg.C.) with approximately
65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any reason it is not
possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-hour period, it may
be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours out of
each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of 24 hours on
and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or decompose during this
conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate satisfactorily
following this conditioning.
(5) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with not more than
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
(6) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not
explode or ignite.
(7) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the
smoke must be orange as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
(8) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less
than 70 percent transmission for not less than 30 seconds when measured
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical
system aperture of +3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m3
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.
Sec. 160.037-5 Labeling and marking.
(a) Labeling. Each hand orange smoke distress signal shall bear a
label securely affixed thereto, showing in clear, indelible black
lettering on an orange background, the following wording and
information:
(Company brand or style designation)
Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signal
For daytime use--50 seconds burning time
Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel is Sighted
Directions: Pull tape over top of cap. Remove cap and ignite flare
by rubbing scratch
[[Page 118]]
surface on top of cap sharply across igniter button on head of signal.
Caution: Stand with back to wind and point away from body when
igniting or signal is burning.
Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. ----). Manufactured
by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. --
--.
(b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must not be more
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
(c) Other marking. (1) There shall be die-stamped, in the side of
the wooden handle in figures not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high,
numbers indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54''
indicating June, 1954.
(2) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing
carton or box containing hand orange smoke distress signals such cartons
or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service
life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
(3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep
under cover in a dry place.''
Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section
does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying
with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous
Substances Act.
Sec. 160.037-6 Container.
(a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in subpart
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must
be: ``Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals.''
Sec. 160.037-7 Procedure for approval.
(a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
Subpart 160.038--Magazine Chests, Portable, for Merchant Vessels
Source: CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 122 Jan. 11, 1950, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.038-1 Applicable specifications.
(a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
Sec. 160.038-2 Type.
(a) Portable magazine chests shall be of a type suitable for stowage
of pyrotechnic distress signals, rockets, or powder for line-throwing
guns, and shall be of a size not less than 6 nor more than 40 cubic feet
capacity. Alternate types of construction to that specified below will
be given special consideration.
Sec. 160.038-3 Materials, workmanship, and construction.
(a) Portable magazine chests shall be constructed of metal and lined
with wood.
(b) The lining shall be so fitted and finished as to form a smooth
surface within the interior of the chest. Fastenings shall be recessed
below the surface to avoid projections within the interior. Construction
shall be such as to separate all containers of explosives or
pyrotechnics from contact with metal surfaces.
(c) The metal shall be \1/8\ inch thick and free from crimps,
buckles, and rough edges. All metal surfaces shall be wire brushed and
all oil, grease, rust, loose scale, and other extraneous matter, removed
before application of any primer. All surfaces of the metal chest and
fittings shall be given a heavy coat of quick drying red lead, zinc
chromate, or other suitable primer before painting. The finish shall
consist of two coats of paint. The interior shall be lined with wood
sheathing of a minimum thickness of \3/4\ inch. Securing means shall be
countersunk below the surface of the sheathing. Securing means for the
cover and 4 lashing rings shall be provided. The lashing rings shall be
3'' I.D. x \3/8\'' wire permanently attached to the magazine chest.
Two
[[Page 119]]
runners, not less than 2 inches high shall be permanently attached to
the bottom of the chest.
Sec. 160.038-4 Inspections and tests.
(a) Portable magazine chests specified by this subpart are not
ordinarily subject to regularly s scheduled factory inspections.
Sec. 160.038-5 Marking.
(a) Portable magazine chests used for the stowage of pyrotechnic
signals, rockets, and powder for line-throwing guns shall be marked, in
letters at least 3 inches high, with the following legend: ``Portable
Magazine Chest, Inflammable--Keep Lights and Fire Away.''
Sec. 160.038-6 Procedure for approval.
(a) Portable magazine chests are not subject to formal approval, but
will be accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart at annual
inspections and reinspections of vessels.
Subpart 160.039 [Reserved]
Subpart 160.040--Line-Throwing Appliance, Impluse-Projected Rocket Type
(and Equipment)
Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73089, Dec. 17, 1979, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 160.040-1 Incorporations by reference.
(a) The following military specifications are incorporated by
reference into this subpart:
(1) MIL-R-23139 B, 16 August 1965--Rocket Motors, Surface Launched,
Development and Qualification Requirements for.
(2) MIL-R-45505 A, 2 April 1971--Line Throwing Apparatuses, Rocket
and Projectile Units.
(b) The military specifications may be obtained from Customer
Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue,
Philadelphia, PA 19120 (tel: (215) 697-2000). These specifications are
also on file in the Federal Register library.
(c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on
September 24, 1979.
Sec. 160.040-2 Type and size.
(a) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances required
by this subpart shall be of a type consisting essentially of a pistol or
launcher, which can be hand held and hand directed, or suitably
supported and hand directed.
(b) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances shall
weigh (complete with one rocket, bridle, and leader) not to exceed 16 kg
(35 lb.) and shall be of a size easily manageable by one person.
(c) Alternate arrangements which meet the performance requirements
of this subpart will be given special consideration. Line-throwing
appliances meeting the requirements of MIL-L-45505 Type I will be
considered as meeting the requirements of this subpart subject to
approval of the Commandant.
Sec. 160.040-3 Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance requirements.
(a) Materials. All materials used in the construction of impulse-
projected rocket type line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of
good quality suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform ot
this subpart and to the specifications submitted by the manufacturer and
approved by the Commandant. The choice of materials, when there is no
specific requirement, shall be such that maximum safety to operating
personnel will be maintained, and that resistance to corrosion by salt
water or spray, shock, temperature change, and wear will be obtained.
The use of dissimilar materials in combination shall be avoided wherever
possible, but when such contacts are necessary, provision shall be made
to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or
buckling of moving parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due to
differences in coefficients of thermal expansion.
(b) Construction. The design and construction shall be such as to
obtain effective and safe operation aboard vessels at sea.
[[Page 120]]
(c) Workmanship. Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing
appliances shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from
imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may
affect their serviceability.
(d) Performance. When the rocket is fired from the appliance in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, it shall be capable of
passing the tests specified by Sec. 160.040-5(c).
Sec. 160.040-4 Equipment for impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliance.
(a) Four rocket projectiles, each complete with bridle and leader of
fire-resistant materials. Two of the projectiles shall be of the buoyant
type.
(b) Not less than 4 primer-ejector cartridges which fit the chamber
of the pistol, gun, or launcher.
(c) Four service lines, each 4 mm (\5/32\ in.) minimum diameter with
a minimum breaking strenght of at least 2,250 N (500 lb.), and in one
continual length not less than that specified in the approval of the
appliance carried, without splice, knot, or other retarding or weaking
features. The length of each service line will be assigned in the
approval of the appliance as a round number approximately one-third in
excess of the average distance the line is carried in the tests required
by Sec. 160.040-7(c). The line shall be of either natural or synthetic
fibers suitable for marine usage. The end of the line intended to be
attached to the projectile shall have securely attached thereto a
substantial tag bearing a permanent legend indicating its purpose, and
the other end of the line shall be tagged in the same manner to prevent
delay in securing proper and immediate action with the equipment. Each
line shall be coiled, faked, or reeled in its own faking box or reel in
such manner that when all the line leaves the container, it shall
automatically become unattached and free from the container. The faking
box or reel shall be big enough for the line. The reel type container
shall consist of a reel upon which the line may be readily coiled and a
canister or container into which the line may be placed that affords a
fair lead through which the line may pay out. The reel must be so
designed as to permit easy withdrawal after the line has been coiled.
Containers of new lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer, date of
manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects the line
meets the requirements of this specification.
(d) [Reserved]
(e) One cleaning rod with wire brush of non-ferrous metal, prongs
arranged in a spiral of sufficient rigidity and size to clean the bore.
(f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning and preserving the
appliance.
(g) Twelve flannel wiping patches of sufficient size to cover the
brush and suitable for wiping the bore clean.
(h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment
furnished with the appliance, information as to the proper maintenance
of the appliance and equipment, and directions for loading and firing
the appliance in service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic
and mounted conspicuously in the case or box required by paragraph (i)
of this section.
(i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of
the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on
merchant vessels. The service line and auxiliary line need not be stowed
in the case.